summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/63311-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/63311-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/63311-0.txt8734
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 8734 deletions
diff --git a/old/63311-0.txt b/old/63311-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d2da8e..0000000
--- a/old/63311-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8734 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of Methods & Aims in Archaeology, by
-William Matthew Flinders Petrie
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-Title: Methods & Aims in Archaeology
-
-Author: William Matthew Flinders Petrie
-
-Release Date: September 26, 2020 [EBook #63311]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK METHODS & AIMS IN ARCHAEOLOGY ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by MFR, Charlie Howard, and the Online Distributed
-Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
-produced from images generously made available by The
-Internet Archive)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Transcriber’s Note
-
-Italics are enclosed in _underscores_, boldface in =equals signs=.
-
-
-
-
- METHODS AND AIMS
- IN
- ARCHAEOLOGY
-
-[Illustration]
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 1. CHAIN OF BOYS CLEARING THE OSIREION AT ABYDOS.
-
-41 feet deep.]
-
-
-
-
- METHODS & AIMS
- IN
- ARCHAEOLOGY
-
-
- BY
- W. M. FLINDERS PETRIE
- HON. D.C.L., LL.D., LIT.D., PH.D. : F.R.S. ; HON. F.S.A. (SCOT.) :
-
- Member of the Imperial German Archaeological Institute;
- Member of the Society of Northern Antiquaries;
- Member of the Roman Society of Anthropology;
- Edwards Professor of Egyptology, University College, London.
-
-
- WITH 66 ILLUSTRATIONS
-
-
- London
- MACMILLAN AND CO., LIMITED
- NEW YORK: THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
- 1904
-
- _All rights reserved_
-
-
-
-
-TO MY FRIENDS
-
-
- F. LL. GRIFFITH,
- E. A. GARDNER,
- F. J. BLISS,
- H. CARTER,
- B. P. GRENFELL,
- J. E. QUIBELL,
- J. DUNCAN,
- H. F. PETRIE,
- N. DE O. DAVIES,
- A. C. MACE,
- D. RANDALL-MACIVER,
- B. ORME,
- A. E. WEIGALL,
- M. A. MURRAY,
- L. ECKENSTEIN,
- H. STANNUS,
- C. T. CURRELLY,
- E. R. AYRTON,
-
-WHO HAVE JOINED IN VARIOUS PORTIONS OF THE WORK HERE DESCRIBED,
-1884–1903.
-
-
-
-
-PREFACE
-
-
-Archaeology is the latest born of the sciences. It has but scarcely
-struggled into freedom, out of the swaddling clothes of dilettante
-speculations. It is still attracted by pretty things, rather than by
-real knowledge. It has to find shelter with the Fine Arts or with
-History, and not a single home has yet been provided for its real
-growth.
-
-All other sciences deal with the things around us; with subjects which
-may, or may not, affect us. Even medical sciences are concerned with
-the mechanical structure of the body, rather than with the nature and
-abilities of the mind. But the science which enquires into all the
-products and works of our own species, which shows what man has been
-doing in all ages and under all conditions, which reveals his mind, his
-thoughts, his tastes, his feelings,--such a science touches us more
-closely than any other.
-
-By this science, of which History forms a part, we trace the nature of
-man, age after age,--his capacities, his abilities; we learn where he
-succeeds, where he fails, and what his possibilities may be.
-
-From another point of view the subject should be considered; it
-gives a more truly “liberal education” than any other subject, as
-at present taught. A complete archaeological training would require
-a full knowledge of history and art, a fair use of languages, and a
-working familiarity with many sciences. The one-sided growth of modern
-training, which produces a B.A. who knows nothing of natural science,
-or else a B.Sc. who knows nothing of human nature, is assuredly not
-the ideal for a reasonable man. Archaeology,--the knowledge of how man
-has acquired his present position and powers--is one of the widest
-studies, best fitted to open the mind, and to produce that type of wide
-interests and toleration which is the highest result of education.
-
-Though this volume is a book of reference for those engaged in actual
-work, yet it will also serve to give the public a view of the way in
-which this work is done, the mode in which results are obtained, the
-ends which are pursued, and the important questions which must be
-considered. We have nothing here to do with the details of the facts
-discovered; but deal only with the methods and aims, which have been
-slowly learned in a quarter of a century. Yet every year there are
-fresh methods to add, and more clear views of the aims; and far more
-might easily have been said about each of the subjects here discussed.
-
-If in this outline there is much more reference to Egypt than to other
-countries, it is for the reason that most of my own work has lain
-there; and there is the more need to deal with that land, as more
-exploration is going on there than elsewhere.
-
-I have to thank my friends for six of the photographs here used.
-
- W. M. FLINDERS PETRIE.
-
-UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LONDON.
-
-
-
-
-CONTENTS
-
-
- CHAPTER I
-
- THE EXCAVATOR PAGE
-
- Purpose, 1; Character, 2; Experience, 3; Organization, 5;
- Acquirements, 5; Demands of the work, 6 1–8
-
-
- CHAPTER II
-
- DISCRIMINATION
-
- Temples, 9; Towns, 10; Cemeteries, 11; Indications, 12;
- Productions, 14; Pottery, 16; Style, 17; Visual
- memory, 19 9–19
-
-
- CHAPTER III
-
- THE LABOURERS
-
- Quality, 20; Education, 21; Control, 22; Substitution,
- 23; Overseers, 24; Direct system, 26; Day pay, 27;
- Piecework, 29; Day and piece work, 30; Rewards, 33;
- Accounts, 35; Native ways, 37 20–40
-
-
- CHAPTER IV
-
- ARRANGEMENT OF WORK
-
- Clearances, 41; Turning over, 43; Raising earth, 44;
- Tracing walls, 46 41–47
-
-
- CHAPTER V
-
- RECORDING IN THE FIELD
-
- Need of record, 48; Value of record, 50; Resulting view,
- 50; Marking, 51; Nature of notes, 52; Planning, 53;
- Plotting, 55 48–59
-
-
- CHAPTER VI
-
- COPYING
-
- Paper squeezes, 60; Dry squeezes, 61; Casting,
- 64; Drawing, 68; Restored forms, 71; Copying
- inscriptions, 72 60–72
-
-
- CHAPTER VII
-
- PHOTOGRAPHING
-
- The Camera, 73; Preparing objects, 76; Lighting, 77;
- Arrangement of objects, 79; Stereographs, 81;
- Developing, 82 73–84
-
-
- CHAPTER VIII
-
- PRESERVATION OF OBJECTS
-
- Stone, 86; Pottery, 88; Textiles, 89; Wood, 89; Ivory,
- 91; Papyri, 93; Bead-work, 95; Stucco, 96; Gold, 98;
- Silver, 98; Copper, 99; Bronze, 100; Lead, 102; Iron,
- 102; Sorting, 102 85–104
-
-
- CHAPTER IX
-
- PACKING
-
- Blocks, 105; Long objects, 106; Heavy stones, 107;
- Pottery, 108; Softening, 109; Cases, 110; Unpacking, 111 105–113
-
-
- CHAPTER X
-
- PUBLICATION
-
- Arrangement, 114; Plates, 115; Processes, 117; Editions,
- 119; Text, 120; Publishing, 120 114–121
-
-
- CHAPTER XI
-
- SYSTEMATIC ARCHAEOLOGY
-
- Systems of work, 122; Need of a _corpus_, 123; Example of
- _corpus_, 124; Utility, 125; Successive ages, 126;
- Sequences, 127; Sequence dates, 129; Conservation,
- 130; Buildings, 130; Lighting, 131; Grouping, 132;
- National Repository, 133 122–135
-
-
- CHAPTER XII
-
- ARCHAEOLOGICAL EVIDENCE
-
- Nature of proof, 136; Legal evidence, 136; Witnesses,
- 138; Material facts, 138; Exhaustion, 139;
- Probabilities, 139; Legal proof, 140; _Egypt and
- Europe_, 141; In XXVIth Dynasty, 142; XVIIIth Dynasty
- paintings, 144; Burnt groups, 145; Rubbish mounds,
- 147; Houses, 148; Scarabs, 149; Tombs in Egypt,
- 150; Tombs in Greece, 152; Variation with date, 153;
- Style, 154; Recapitulation, 155; XIIth Dynasty,
- Kahun, 156; XIIth Dynasty in Crete, 158; Pan-graves,
- 159; VIth to IIIrd Dynasties, 162; 1st Dynasty
- Aegean, 164; 1st Dynasty Cretan, 166; Prehistoric, 167 136–168
-
-
- CHAPTER XIII
-
- ETHICS OF ARCHAEOLOGY
-
- Individual rights, 169; Destruction, 170; Restoration,
- 172; Sacrifices, 173; Responsibility, 174; Rights of
- the future, 175; Rights of the past, 176; Duties,
- 178; Future of museums, 180; Publications, 182; State
- claims, 183; State rights, 184; Excavating laws, 187 169–188
-
-
- CHAPTER XIV
-
- THE FASCINATION OF HISTORY 189–193
-
-
- INDEX 195–208
-
-
-
-
- LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
-
-
- FIGURE PAGE
-
- 1. Chain of boys clearing the Osireion _Front._
-
- 2. } Going up the desert 1
- 3. }
-
- 4. Tent-life 6
-
- 5. Hut-life 6
-
- 6. Temple at El Hibeh 9
-
- 7. Temple at Tanis 9
-
- 8. Mound at Defeneh 10
-
- 9. Cemetery of Zuweleyn 10
-
- 10. Copper and bronze adzes 14
-
- 11. Cutting-out knives 15
-
- 12. Typical forms of pottery 16
-
- 13. Lad and girl at Tanis 20
-
- 14. Three little Muhameds 20
-
- 15. Girls and boys at Tanis 24
-
- 16. Girls sorting durra 24
-
- 17. Line of carrier boys, Abydos 30
-
- 18. Heaps thrown out, Abydos 30
-
- 19. Lifting and carrying, Abydos 32
-
- 20. Carrying at Royal Tombs 32
-
- 21. Account card for wages 38
-
- 22. Carrier boys throwing, Abydos 41
-
- 23. Town site, turned over, Kahun 41
-
- 24. Cutting down top of work 42
-
- 25. Cemetery, Tell el Yehudiyeh 43
-
- 26. Clearing a tomb, Abydos 43
-
- 27. Chain at tomb of Usertesen II 44
-
- 28. Chains of men at tomb of Den 44
-
- 29. Plan measured from two lines 54
-
- 30. Method of plotting survey 56
-
- 31. Copy drawn on paper squeeze 62
-
- 32. System of numbering sheets 63
-
- 33. Paper squeeze 64
-
- 34. Plaster cast from paper 64
-
- 35. Inventory sheet 70
-
- 36. Frame for drawing vases 71
-
- 37. Weathered stone, sanded 71
-
- 38. Throwing sand; drop-shutter view 75
-
- 39. Girls resting; diagonal mirror view 75
-
- 40. Tablet, with black and white filling 76
-
- 41. Hypocephalus, with white filling 76
-
- 42. Wooden floor of Azab 77
-
- 43. Prehistoric grave, Naqada 77
-
- 44. Ebony negress 78
-
- 45. In tomb of Sem-nefer 78
-
- 46. Foundation deposit, Aahmes II 80
-
- 47. Bracelet of King Zer 80
-
- 48. Pavement, Tell el Amarna 88
-
- 49. Fresco of princesses, Tell el Amarna 88
-
- 50. Box with diagonal bars 106
-
- 51. Tray for heavy stones 107
-
- 52. Box with three-way grain 110
-
- 53. Box end, nailed diagonally 111
-
- 54. Nile boat 112
-
- 55. Camels, starting and returning 112
-
- 56. Naukratite warrior 144
-
- 57. Graeco-Egyptian figures 144
-
- 58. Aegean vase, Tahutmes III 152
-
- 59. False-necked vases 154
-
- 60. Celtic and pan-grave pottery 160
-
- 61. Black incised pottery 161
-
- 62. Buttons, VIIth Dynasty 162
-
- 63. Aegean pottery, Royal Tombs 165
-
- 64. Black pottery, Cretan 166
-
- 65. Khufu, builder of the great pyramid 178
-
- 66. Mer-en-ptah, Pharaoh of the Exodus 178
-
- [Illustration: Fig. 2. GOING UP THE DESERT, ABYDOS.]
-
- [Illustration: Fig. 3. GOING UP THE DESERT, ABYDOS.]
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER I
-
-THE EXCAVATOR
-
-
-[Sidenote: Purpose.]
-
-In few kinds of work are the results so directly dependent on the
-personality of the worker as they are in excavating. The old saying
-that a man finds what he looks for in a subject, is too true; or if he
-has not enough insight to ensure finding what he looks for, it is at
-least sadly true that he does not find anything that he does not look
-for. Whether it be inscriptions, carvings, papyri, or mummies that
-excavators have been seeking, they have seldom preserved or cared for
-anything but their own limited object.
-
-Of late years the notion of digging merely for profitable spoil, or
-to yield a new excitement to the jaded, has spread unpleasantly--at
-least in Egypt. A concession to dig is sought much like a grant of a
-monastery at the Dissolution: the man who has influence or push, a
-title or a trade connection, claims to try his luck at the spoils of
-the land. Gold digging has at least no moral responsibility, beyond the
-ruin of the speculator; but spoiling the past has an acute moral wrong
-in it, which those who do it may be charitably supposed to be too
-ignorant or unintelligent to see or realise.
-
-And some systematic outline of archaeological methods and aims is
-needed, not only for those whose moral sense is so untrained that
-they may ruin a site, and say “I have done no wrong”; but it may
-even profit those who take up the name of archaeology when they mean
-solely art, or inscriptions, or some single branch of the subject. The
-most familiar teaching entitled archaeological is that of Classical
-Archaeology, which in the ways of most teachers means Greek sculpture
-and vase paintings. In spite of all the professorships and schools of
-that subject, we are still so profoundly ignorant of the archaeology
-of Greece and Italy that there is scarcely a single class of common
-objects of which any one knows the history and transformations.
-Certainly we know far less of the archaeology of classical lands than
-we do of that of Egypt.
-
-[Sidenote: Character.]
-
-If, then, the character of the excavator thus determines his results,
-our first step is to consider that character, and to give some outline
-of the aptitudes and acquirements--the wit and the cunning, as our
-forefathers well distinguished them--which are wanted in order to avoid
-doing more harm than good.
-
-Firstly in every subject there is the essential division between those
-who work to live, and those who live to work--the commercial, and the
-scientific or artistic aim;--those who merely do what will best provide
-them a living, and those whose work is their honour and the end of
-their being. These two halves of mankind are by no means to be found
-ready labelled by their professions. The R.A. who drops his aspirations
-because portraits pay best, the scientific scholar who patents every
-invention he can, are of the true commercial spirit, and verily they
-have their reward. Rather let us honour the professed dealer who will
-sooner sell a group to a museum than make a larger profit by playing
-to the wealthy _dilettante_ and scattering things. Let us be quit, in
-archaeology at least, of the brandy-and-soda young man who manipulates
-his “expenses,” of the adventurous speculator, of those who think that
-a title or a long purse glorifies any vanity or selfishness.
-
-Without the ideal of solid continuous work, certain, accurate, and
-permanent,--archaeology is as futile as any other pursuit. Money alone
-will not do the work; brains are the first requisite. A hundred pounds
-intelligently spent will do more good and far less harm than ten
-thousand squandered in doing damage. Mere money gives no moral right to
-upset things according to the whim of one person. Even scholarship is
-by no means all that is wanted; the engineering training of mind and
-senses which Prof. Perry advocates will really fit an archaeologist
-better for excavating than book-work can alone. Best of all is the
-combination of the scholar and the engineer, the man of languages and
-the man of physics and mathematics, when such can be found. So much for
-the wit, and now of the cunning that is wanted.
-
-[Sidenote: Experience.]
-
-The most needful of all acquisitions is archaeological experience.
-Without knowing well all the objects that are usually met with in an
-ancient civilisation, there is no possible insight or understanding,
-the meaning of what is met with cannot be grasped, and the most
-curious mistakes are made. A cloud is “very like a whale,” the
-pre-Christian cross is found everywhere, an arrow-straightener is
-called a ceremonial staff, an oil-press becomes a sacred trilithon,
-half a jackal is called a locust, and lathe chucks become “coal money.”
-Of course the needed experience has to be gradually built up, and those
-who first explore a civilisation must work through many mistakes. When
-I first came to Egypt Dr. Birch begged me to pack and send to him a box
-of pottery fragments from each great town, on the chance that from the
-known history of the sites some guess could be made as to the age of
-the objects; so complete was the ignorance of the archaeology a quarter
-of a century ago. But when such knowledge has been once accumulated, it
-is the first duty of any excavator to make himself well acquainted with
-it before he attempts to discover more. At present the archaeological
-experience that should be acquired before doing any responsible work
-in any country ought to cover the history of the pottery century by
-century, the history of beads, of tools and weapons, of the styles of
-art, of the styles of inscriptions, of the burial furniture, and of the
-many small objects which are now well known and dated, better in Egypt
-than perhaps in any other country.
-
-Next to this is needed a good knowledge of the history. Not only every
-dynasty, but every king of whom anything is known, should be familiar.
-The general course of the civilisation, the foreign influences which
-affected the country, and the conditions at different periods, should
-be clearly in mind. Without such ideas the value and meaning of
-discoveries cannot be grasped, and important clues and fresh knowledge
-may be passed by.
-
-[Sidenote: Organization.]
-
-Organization, both of the plan of work, and of the labourers, is very
-necessary. Scheming how to extract all that is possible from a given
-site, how to make use of all the conditions, how to avoid difficulties;
-and training labourers, keeping them all firmly in hand, making them
-all friends without allowing familiarity, getting their full confidence
-and their goodwill;--these requirements certainly rank high in an
-excavator’s outfit.
-
-[Sidenote: Acquirements.]
-
-The power of conserving material and information; of observing all
-that can be gleaned; of noticing trifling details which may imply a
-great deal else; of acquiring and building up a mental picture; of
-fitting everything into place, and not losing or missing any possible
-clues;--all this is the soul of the work, and without it excavating is
-mere dumb plodding.
-
-Of more external subjects, such as may be deputed to other helpers,
-drawing is mainly wanted; more in mechanical exactitude of
-facsimile-copying than in freehand or purely artistic work. Surveying
-and practical mathematics, with plan drawing, are almost always
-involved in dealing with any site. Photography is incessantly in use,
-both during the course of the working and for preparing publications.
-The outlines of chemistry and physics and a good knowledge of materials
-are necessary to avoid blunders in handling objects and in describing
-them. The ancient language of a country, all important as it is in the
-study of remains, is yet in its critical aspects not so essential
-during field-work. But the excavator should at least be able to take
-the sense of all written material which he finds; and in Egypt that
-should include hieroglyphic, hieratic, demotic, Greek, and Coptic
-writing. The spoken language of the country should be fluently acquired
-for simple purposes, so as to be able to direct workmen, make bargains,
-and follow what is going on. To be dependent on a cook, a dragoman,
-or a donkey boy, is very unsafe, and prevents that close study of
-the workmen which is needed for making the best use of them. And a
-general eye to the safety and condition of everything, both of work,
-antiquities, and stores, is incessantly wanted if a camp is to be
-successful and prosperous.
-
-Many of these requirements can well be undertaken by different
-people; in fact, not a single living person combines all of the
-requisite qualities for complete archaeological work. But all of these
-requirements must be fulfilled by different members in a party, if
-they are to command success as well as deserve it. In all points,
-imagination and insight, the sense of all the possibilities of a case,
-is to be the medium of thought both in theoretical and in practical
-affairs.
-
-[Illustration: CAMP LIFE, ABYDOS.
-
-Fig. 4. Tent in desert.]
-
-[Illustration: CAMP LIFE, ABYDOS.
-
-Fig. 5. Huts at temple.]
-
-[Sidenote: Demands of the work.]
-
-In the externals of the work an excavator should be always his own best
-workman. If he be the strongest on the place, so much the better; but
-at all events he should be the most able in all matters of skill and
-ability. Where anything is found it should be the hands of the master
-that clear it from the soil; the pick and the knife should be in his
-hands every day, and his readiness should be shown by the shortness
-of his finger-nails and the toughness of his skin. After a week of
-work in the soil, feeling for delicate things in a way that no tools
-can do, the skin almost wears through, and the nails break down. But a
-week or two more at it, and the excavator grows his gloves, and is in
-a fit state for business, with the skin well thickened, and ready to
-finger through tons of grit and sand. Nothing can be a substitute for
-finger-work in extracting objects, and clearing ground delicately; and
-one might as well try to play the violin in a pair of gloves as profess
-to excavate with clean fingers and a pretty skin. It need hardly be
-said that clothing must correspond to the work; and there must never
-be a thought about clothes when one kneels in wet mud, scrapes through
-narrow passages, or sits waist deep in dust. To attempt serious work
-in pretty suits, shiny leggings, or starched collars, would be like
-mountaineering in evening dress, or remind one of the old prints of
-cricketers batting in chimney-pot hats. The man who cannot enjoy his
-work without regard to appearances, who will not strip and go into the
-water, or slither on slimy mud through unknown passages, had better not
-profess to excavate. Alongside of his men he must live, in work hours
-and out; every workman should come to him at all times for help and
-advice. His courtyard must be the pay office and the court of appeal
-for every one; and continual attention should be freely given to the
-many little troubles of those who are to be kept properly in hand. To
-suppose that work can be controlled from a distant hotel, where the
-master lives in state and luxury completely out of touch with his men,
-is a fallacy, like playing at farming or at stockbroking: it may be
-amusing, but it is not business. And whatever is not businesslike in
-archaeology is a waste of the scanty material which should be left for
-those who know how to use it. An excavator must make up his mind to do
-his work thoroughly and truly, or else to leave it alone for others who
-will take the trouble which it deserves and requires.
-
-[Illustration: TEMPLE RUINS.
-
-Fig. 6. El Hibeh.]
-
-[Illustration: TEMPLE RUINS.
-
-Fig. 7. Tanis, with obelisks.]
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II
-
-DISCRIMINATION
-
-
-The observing of resemblances and differences, and the memory of
-physical appearances required for this, are absolute requisites for
-carrying on the duties of excavating. Here we deal with the appearances
-in a land of sun-dried brickwork, where the accumulations are great,
-as in Egypt, Syria, and Mesopotamia. In a rocky land, such as Greece,
-there is not the same sheltering mud, and the appearances are therefore
-very different.
-
-[Sidenote: Temples.]
-
-The nature of a site can be guessed pretty closely from its aspect.
-A wide open space with mounds around it is almost certainly a temple
-site; and if there are stone chips strewn over it, no doubt remains
-as to its nature (Figs. 6, 7). The temples being of stone from the
-XIIth Dynasty onwards, they were ruined by the removal of the material
-in each age of disruption; but the houses of the towns, being always
-of mud brick, continually crumbled and decayed, and so filled up the
-ground with rubbish. In Egypt mud-brick towns accumulate at about 20
-inches in a century; or in the rainy Syrian climate at about 50 inches.
-Herodotus describes walking on the roofs of the houses and seeing
-down into the temple precincts; and in every great site in Egypt, such
-as Tanis, Buto, Bubastis, Memphis, or Koptos, the plain of temple
-ruins had the house mounds far above it on all sides. The temples
-were ruined both for building-stone and for lime-burning. It is rare
-to get any portions of a limestone building left; sandstone is often
-found, and all the great temples which remain are of sandstone; granite
-generally has lasted, except where it has been split up in Roman times
-for millstones. The search for limestone has led to whole buildings
-being upset in order to extract the limestone foundations. The basalt
-pavement of Khufu, the granite pylon of Crocodilopolis, and probably
-the granite temple of Iseum, have been overthrown thus. Especially in
-the Delta, where no limestone hills are accessible, this destructive
-search for lime has been unrelenting in all ages; and it is seldom that
-ancient limestone is now met with. Hence all that can generally be
-seen of a temple site is a plain of dust with a few tumbled blocks of
-granite, the exposed tops of which are entirely weathered as rounded
-masses. Five or ten feet down there may be a rich harvest of carvings
-and inscriptions.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 8. Mounds of fort, Defeneh.]
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 9. Sarcophagi at Zuweleyn.]
-
-[Sidenote: Towns.]
-
-A town site is always recognised (Fig. 8) by its mounds of crumbling
-mud brick, strewn with potsherds if in Upper Egypt, or with burnt red
-bricks on the later mounds of the Delta. Whenever a native begins to
-describe a site in Lower Egypt, one inquires if there is red brick, and
-if so there is no need to listen further. Generally it is possible to
-date the latest age of a town by the potsherds lying on the surface;
-and to allow a rate of growth of 20 inches a century down to the
-visible level; if that gives a long period we may further carry down
-the certainly artificial level by 4 inches in a century for the Nile
-deposits when in the cultivated ground. For instance, there are mounds
-in the Delta about 40 feet high, ending about 500 A.D.; this gives
-about 40 feet of rise, equal to about 2400 years, or say 2000 B.C., for
-the age at the present ground level. But the visible base was about
-5 feet lower at 500 A.D.; and the human deposit rising at 20 inches
-a century has been overlaid at the rate of 4 inches a century by the
-Nile deposit. Hence the age may be reckoned by a depth of 45 feet
-accumulated at 16 inches a century before 500 A.D. or about 2900 B.C.
-No exact conclusion could be based on this; but it is a valuable clue
-to the age to which the yet unseen foundation of a town may most likely
-belong. Town mounds and ruins of buildings have generally symmetrical
-forms, weathered away uniformly on all sides. But around towns are
-often heaps of rubbish thrown out, the best-known example of this being
-the immense heaps behind Cairo; and such accumulations usually show
-their nature by the two slopes, the gradual walk-up slope, and the
-steep thrown-down slope.
-
-[Sidenote: Cemeteries.]
-
-The cemetery sites on the desert have always been more or less
-plundered anciently. A prehistoric site may have no external trace, as
-the blown sand may cover it so evenly that there is no suspicion of
-anything lying beneath. But on a gravel surface there are generally
-some indications left of the hollows of the graves, and scraps of
-broken pottery left about by the plunderers (Fig. 9). The historic
-cemeteries are generally easier to see, as they are in rising ground,
-and the holes of the tomb pits show on the surface. The difficulty is
-not to find the site of a cemetery, but to find a grave in it which
-still contains anything. As a rule, any tomb pit which appears still
-undisturbed has been left either because it belongs to an unfinished
-tomb with nothing in it, or because the tomb has already been reached
-from elsewhere. At Medum an untouched walling up of a chamber had been
-left, because the plunderers had tunnelled under the mass of the tomb
-and broken through the floor of the chamber. At Dendereh the floor of
-the chamber was entire, with the lid of the sarcophagus sunk in it, yet
-untouched; it had been left so because the plunderers had mined through
-from the outside under the floor to the sarcophagus, and broken through
-the side of it without touching the chamber. Some untouched tombs were
-left because the burials in them were known to be so poor that they
-were not worth opening. All this points to the plundering being mostly
-done during the lifetime of those who saw the burial. Usually only
-one tomb in ten contains anything noticeable; and it is only one in a
-hundred that repays the digging of the other ninety-nine.
-
-[Sidenote: Indications.]
-
-In general, on looking over a site every indication must be observed.
-Sometimes there may be a slight difference in vegetation, showing the
-positions of walls or of pits. In colder climates differences are shown
-by the melting of hoar frost or snow; as in the square of S. Domenico
-at Bologna, where some large patches--probably of ashes--show through
-the cobble paving during a thaw. A shower of rain will show much in
-drying; and, after a rare storm in Egypt, there are two or three
-precious hours when the buried walls show clearly on the ground, and
-should be hurriedly scored down before the hot sun removes the traces.
-A driving wind will bare the ground so that the harder walls show
-through the sand; or even a crowd of people passing will tramp into
-the softer filling and show the constructions. At sunrise or sunset
-ground should be carefully looked over to pick out the variations of
-level and slope, which will often show then, though quite invisible in
-full light. Prehistoric camp sites are noticed by the difference of
-tone of the ground in walking over them; the ashes holding so much air
-that the reverberation to the foot-step is quite different from that
-on ordinary desert. The appearance of the surface of disturbed desert
-differs much from the undisturbed: there may be slight hollows filled
-with sand, which are the traces of deep pits; there may be pebbles from
-deep beds thrown up, or fragments of limestone; or--best of all--chips
-of worked stone or of hard rocks may tell the tale of a building whose
-ruins lie beneath. The mastabas of the XIIth Dynasty at Dahshur left
-scarcely any surface trace, as the stone walls had been removed, and
-the gravel filling had spread out and denuded down to a level surface.
-The great wall of the camp at Daphnae 40 feet thick, had been ploughed
-by denudation until it was even lower than the desert on either side of
-it, and the lines of it were only visible by the absence of potsherds
-upon the site of the wall.
-
-[Illustration:
-
- Mid, Late, Ist, IIIrd, VIth, XIIth, XVIIIth Dyn.
- Prehistoric.
-
-FIG. 10.--Development of copper and bronze adzes. 1:6.]
-
-[Sidenote: Productions.]
-
-Besides the discrimination of sites there is a vast subject in
-the discrimination of objects and of styles. The first requisite
-acquirement of a digger--his archaeological experience--consists in
-discriminating and distinguishing the differences between products of
-various dates. An Egyptian copper adze (Fig. 10) of the ages of middle
-prehistoric, late prehistoric, early dynastic, IIIrd, VIth, XIIth, or
-XVIIIth Dynasties can be told at a glance, and we only need more dated
-examples to be able to separate them still more finely. A cutting-out
-knife (Fig. 11), a pair of tweezers, a comb, can be dated almost as
-certainly. But it is when we can look not only to differences of form,
-but also to variations of colour and texture, that we have the widest
-scope for discrimination. The great variety of beads in each country,
-the hundreds of details of form, materials, and colour in Egypt alone,
-give them an importance archaeologically above most other things. In
-the prehistoric age there are a dozen materials, and many different
-forms, not one of which can be confounded with later products. In the
-Old Kingdom new and distinctive styles are met with, and a profusion of
-small amulets on necklaces. In the XIth and XIIth Dynasties magnificent
-beads of amethyst, green felspar, and carnelian outshine those of
-every other age. In the XVIIIth Dynasty the immense variety of glass
-and glazed beads defy enumeration, and yet are sharply characteristic
-of different reigns of that age. The later times of degradation also
-produce new and distinctive forms and colours; and when we reach the
-Roman period a flood of glass work imitates the fashionable beryl,
-amethyst, rock crystal, and other stones, with the mimicry of a forger.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 11.--Development of cutting-out knives. XIIth–XIXth
-Dynasties. A-A and B-B cutting edges.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 12.--One typical form of pottery of each period.]
-
-[Sidenote: Pottery.]
-
-Pottery is, however, the greatest resource of the archaeologist. For
-variety of form and texture, for decoration, for rapid change, for its
-quick fall into oblivion, and for its incomparable abundance, it is
-in every respect the most important material for study (Fig. 12), and
-it constitutes the essential alphabet of archaeology in every land.
-Think for a moment how few people know the appearance of a common jug
-a century old, how the crocks of Georgian times have all vanished, and
-new forms are made. Even of decorated china not one piece in a thousand
-in England is before the last century, and not one in a million is
-three centuries old; so rapidly does breakable ware perish, and become
-unknown. This not only prevents its being handed on from earlier times,
-as ornaments or weapons may descend, but it prevents the copying of
-older forms, and gives a free scope to rapid variation. No doubt some
-standard forms may continue to be made, because they are so simple, and
-so adapted to common wants, that the same causes continue to produce
-them. But it is only the simplest and least characteristic types which
-thus continue; the more detailed and specialised the form, the more
-rapidly it changes, and gives way to new styles. In the prehistoric age
-of Egypt alone there are about a thousand different forms of pottery;
-and when the historic times shall be as fully recorded, probably two
-or three times as many will demand notice. In Italy and Greece there
-is apparently as great a variety, though--apart from painted vases--it
-is very far from being fully placed on paper. And when we come to know
-the archaeology of other lands, their pottery will doubtless prove
-as varied and distinctive in its styles. It is then in a thorough
-knowledge of pottery that any sound archaeology must be based; and
-there is no wider or more important field for discrimination. With the
-brief view of Palestinian pottery gained in a few weeks, on one site at
-Tell Hesy (Lachish), I found it possible to ride over mounds of ruins
-and see the age of them without even dismounting.
-
-[Sidenote: Style.]
-
-Beside the discrimination of broad physical differences there is the
-more subtle observation of style. This cannot be discussed, or even
-shown to exist, without a very wide collection of examples; yet in
-a trained observer a long series of experience should result in an
-unexpressed--almost intangible and incommunicable--sense of the style
-of each country and each age, such that a piece of work can at once be
-referred to its proper place, though not a single exact comparison can
-be quoted for it. Special motives, outlines, curves, tastes, belong
-to various sources so certainly and characteristically that they
-show their origin at a glance. A good example of this is seen in the
-bronzes of Minusinsk in Central Asia; this site is almost equidistant
-from the North Sea, the Persian Gulf, and the China Sea, and the style
-seems to recall by its details almost equally the taste of Northmen,
-Persians, and Chinese. A good practice for such discrimination is the
-analysis of common ornament around us: a rug or a wall pattern may be
-analysed into its sources--here a bit from Assyria, there from Egypt,
-here from Japan, there from Norway, all hashed together by the modern
-designer. And until the common and obviously distinctive patterns of
-each country can be named at sight, and separated into their various
-sources, the observer cannot hope to gain that far more essential sense
-of the national taste of each people, and the sympathetic feeling of
-the relationship of any form or curve that may chance to be seen,--that
-conviction of the family and source of each object, which is the
-illumination of an archaeologist, the guide to fresh suggestions and
-researches, the mental framework which holds all memories in place.
-
-[Sidenote: Visual Memory.]
-
-But beside this sublimated use of the permanent memory and
-discrimination, there is another very crude and transient
-discrimination which is also needed in actual work. A visual memory
-of the site and excavations should be constantly in mind; the master
-should be able to go over the whole site, and every man at work on it,
-entirely from memory; he should be able to realise at once, on seeing
-the place next day, exactly how every one of fifty different holes
-looked the day before; and know at once where the work stood, and what
-has been done since, so as to measure it up without depending on any
-statements by the workmen. If a boy comes with a message that Ibrahim
-or Mutwali needs direction, the master should be able to visualise the
-place, inquire what has been done, and how each part now stands, and
-then give sufficient temporary direction entirely from memory of the
-site, and memory of what he expected to do, or to prove, or to find,
-from that particular hole. The extent of this visual memory is never
-realised until one meets with some who are so unlucky as not to possess
-such an apparatus, and who are therefore unable to know what has been
-done, and have to begin each day’s work as if they were strangers to
-the place. Of all inherent mental qualifications there is perhaps
-none more essential to a digger than this permanent picture of a site
-in the mind. And the transient memory from day to day should include
-the appearance of every hole on all sides, the meaning of it and the
-purpose for which it is being dug.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III
-
-THE LABOURERS
-
-
-[Sidenote: Quality.]
-
-In starting an excavation one of the first considerations is the supply
-of labourers, and the selection of them. In some places it is difficult
-to persuade any one to work at first; either from distrust, or from
-being unaccustomed to regular employment. At Naukratis only a few men
-could be persuaded to try the work in the first week or two; but so
-soon as the villagers found that genuine gold coin was to be had, they
-swarmed up, and some five hundred demanded to be taken. The Egyptian is
-good at steady work, but the Syrian is very different, and it took some
-weeks at Tell Hesy to educate men into continuous regular digging. They
-would jump out of their holes every few minutes, and squat on the edge
-for a talk with the next man; and only a steady weeding out of about a
-third of them every week, gradually brought up the best of them into
-tolerable efficiency. In Greece such difficulties are even greater, and
-rational regular hard work cannot be reckoned upon, as in Egypt.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 13. WORKERS AT TANIS.]
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 14. WORKERS AT TANIS.]
-
-The best age for diggers is about 15 to 20 years. After that many turn
-stupid, and only a small proportion are worth having between 20
-and 40. After 40 very few are of any use, though some robust men will
-continue to about 50. The Egyptian ages early; and men of 45 would be
-supposed to be 65 in England. The boys are of use for carrying from
-about 10 years old; and they generally look mere boys till over 20.
-The ornamental man with a good beard is quite useless and lazy; and
-the best workers are the scraggy under-sized youths, with wizened wiry
-faces, though sometimes a well-favoured lad with pleasing face will
-turn out very good (Fig. 13). In choosing boys the broad face and
-square chin are necessary tokens of stamina; and the narrow feminine
-faces are seldom worth much.
-
-Beside the mere physical strength of the fellow, the face has to be
-studied for the character. The only safe guide in selecting workers
-is the expression; and no influence of recommendations or connections
-should weigh in the least against the judgment of the appearance. The
-qualities to be considered are, first, the honesty, shown mostly by the
-eyes, and by a frank and open bearing; next, the sense and ability;
-and lastly, the sturdiness, and freedom from nervous weakness and
-hysterical tendency to squabble.
-
-[Sidenote: Education.]
-
-When once selected, the education of the workers begins. Often some
-oafs who will not understand any directions, and have no sense to work
-unless encouraged by watching, may yet be brought up in a few months
-to be good workers if associated with a skilful man. And almost every
-boy and man will greatly improve by steady work and control. The
-effect of selection and training is astonishingly seen on comparing
-some old hands, who have had five or ten years at the business, side
-by side with new lads. There is as much difference between their
-capacities as there is between the fellah and an educated Englishman.
-A gang of well-trained men need hardly any direction, especially in
-cemetery work; and their observations and knowledge should always
-be listened to, and will often determine matters. The freshman from
-England is their inferior in everything except in recording; and at
-least a season’s experience is needed before any one can afford to
-disregard the judgment of a well-trained digger. The better class of
-these workers are one’s personal friends, and are regarded much as old
-servants are in a good household. Their feelings and self-respect must
-be thought of, as among our own equals, and they will not put up with
-any rudeness or contempt. A man with landed property and cattle, and
-an ancestry of a couple of centuries, can afford to look down on most
-Englishmen who would bully him. Such workers are of course entirely
-above going into the usual Government or French work, where the lash
-is used; and their good service and skill is only given for friendly
-treatment.
-
-[Sidenote: Control.]
-
-Yet there is a danger in letting control slip away. It is always
-needful to be firm, and to insist on obedience to orders; and constant
-keeping in hand is required, not only for the rank and file but even
-for the best men. An Egyptian cannot withstand temptations if often
-repeated; and the fault of a collapse of character, which befalls even
-the best, is mainly due to not keeping sufficient hold and influence,
-and not taking sufficient trouble to ensure control. The first rule
-in managing the better class of men is not to let any man get a habit
-or prerogative of doing any kind of work for oneself: never let the
-same man repeatedly go for purchases, or for money, or carry things, or
-walk with the master, or explain phrases, or boss anybody or anything.
-All such services should be carefully spread over several men; and if
-there be two parties--as from opposite sides of the Nile--always keep
-them well balanced in your consideration. Each will then keep a sharp
-lookout on the opposition.
-
-Beside men and boys, girls (Fig. 15) will work very well in the Delta
-and in Syria, though not in Upper Egypt. They do well at carrying; and
-as they never ask for pick work they are, when well grown, worth more
-than the boys. Not only will they come from the village day by day, but
-they will also camp out with their fathers and brothers in camps at a
-distance from home. No difficulty or unpleasantness has arisen in such
-mixed camps in my work.
-
-[Sidenote: Substitutions.]
-
-A frequent trouble is from substitution of workers. The fact of being
-chosen is worth something; and the worker will try to sell his place to
-a substitute, and then get in again soon after on the plea of being an
-old hand. So long as a substitute comes only for a day or so, he may
-be tolerated. But if there arises a frequent plea of “So-and-So is ill
-to-day, and wants me to work for him,” it is needful to stamp on it by
-refusing all substitutes, and replying, “If he is ill, I will take him
-back when he is better.” One common cause is that they wish to push in
-younger and younger boys (Fig. 16), so that the fellow who was 14 or
-16 at first, dwindles imperceptibly until he can hardly carry a basket.
-An opposite cause is that only boys are taken on in some places because
-the men cannot be trusted; and then the supreme object of the villains
-of the place is to get in as substitutes for boys, so that they may
-learn what is found and where to plunder at night. Most usually when
-a substitute is refused the original boy turns up as well as ever. I
-have known the village guards come and call a lad out on a trumped-up
-charge, with a friend of the guard following close by, quite ready just
-to work for the accused.
-
-[Sidenote: Overseers.]
-
-Turning now to the organization, there are two great choices to be
-made, with or without Overseers, and by Day pay or Piecework. Each
-system may be best under particular conditions, and the suitability of
-each we will note first, before entering on detail.
-
-Overseers are almost always employed. They remove much of the friction;
-they profess to drive the men on, and be responsible for their regular
-working; and they seem indispensable parts of the business. The less
-a master knows of the men and of their language the more essential an
-overseer seems to be.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 15. GIRLS AND BOYS IN THE WORK.]
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 16. GIRLS AND BOYS IN THE WORK.]
-
-Yet all this usefulness is the best reason for avoiding them. The more
-friction they save, the less the master knows of his men, and the less
-influence he has. The more they profess to drive the men, the more
-hollow the fraud is, until the overseer merely serves to give notice
-when the master is coming. The more indispensable they seem, the
-less desirable is it to have so to trust a native. And the less a
-master knows of the men and the language, the more dangerous it is to
-have some one always acting in everything that goes on. Moreover, there
-is nothing so demoralising to a native as wandering about, without hard
-work, stick in hand, to bully men who are quite as good as himself.
-Even good men soon lose their character in such conditions, and it is
-needful to have some definite allotted manual work for even a leading
-man.
-
-The results of having overseers, or _reises_, are instructive. In
-one case the reis took a third of all the money given as rewards for
-things, threatening to get any man dismissed who would not give this
-up to him. In another case the overseers levied a sixth of all the
-wages from the men, making ten times their own pay by this extortion.
-Mariette’s overseers used to go to a village with a Government order
-for so many men, and demand the best men they could venture on
-claiming. These bought themselves off, each at a few shillings a month,
-and lower men were taken, until most of the villagers were paying
-heavy tribute. Reises will also bargain with a shopkeeper to put on
-a third on the price of all goods supplied, and compel any messenger
-sent shopping to go to that shop. In another case a museum reis was
-seen bowing down to the ground and kissing the hand of the principal
-_antika_-dealer of the place; doubtless for good consideration
-received. In short, the dangers, losses, and troubles that come from
-reises are so great that it is far better to do without them.
-
-[Sidenote: Direct system.]
-
-The system which works best is to have a careful distribution of
-the best men; and, in fact, work with two or three dozen reises,
-all of whom do pick-work themselves. Each well-trained man can have
-half-a-dozen new hands placed near him, and he can be ordered to see
-that they follow instructions. By such a wide distribution of the
-authority it does not deteriorate the men, as there are too many
-rivals; and being each paid for actual digging, they do not spoil with
-idleness. Thus every man is directly under the master, all instructions
-are given at first hand, and every one is in close touch, and not
-fenced off by intermediate intriguers. Doubtless, two or three men will
-come to the front by their ability and character; but though full use
-should be made of them, yet they should always be kept nominally on the
-same terms and work as every one else. Their reward consists in being
-given all the more promising places, where things are likely to be
-found, so that they may reap much more profit than others.
-
-In some different conditions of work overseers may be a necessary evil.
-In Greece the large distances of sites from each other in the Aegean
-and political conditions are a bar to employing a regular gang of
-men, although the Egyptian will readily travel three or four hundred
-miles to his season’s work, as far as Constantinople from Athens,
-and is quite ready to do his work in spite of the scowls of a bad
-neighbourhood. Fresh workers are engaged at each place in Greece, and
-for their needful training overseers are considered necessary. Also at
-present, owing to the continual shifting of European superintendence
-by changes of students, and less frequent changes of Directors,
-permanent overseers who will carry on the traditions of the modes of
-working are requisite. But it is questionable whether these needs would
-not be more safely met by carrying about ten or a dozen picked workmen,
-who would train local hands, and at the same time work themselves.
-The Greek does not seem nearly as capable of continuous hard work as
-is the Egyptian, and moves much less earth in the day, and that at
-about double the wages, while he is said to entirely refuse piecework.
-But this difficulty would be reduced if a small picked body of hard
-workers, stimulated by good piece pay, were used as a nucleus to set
-the tone of steady work at each place. The Greek needs educating to
-regular work, which is foreign to his nature.
-
-In England about as much work may be done per man as in Egypt, but at
-about five or six times the cost. Hence the number employed is not so
-large, twenty or thirty being a large gang, instead of 150 or 200 as in
-Egypt. As they can follow directions tolerably, an overseer or foreman
-is not needed, the best of the workers usually taking the lead.
-
-[Sidenote: Day pay.]
-
-The question between Day pay and Piece pay is an open one. In cases
-where minute valuables may be scattered anywhere in the soil, day pay
-is needful to prevent undue hurry. Or where the work is very irregular,
-and time needs to be spent on moving stones, or heavy extras, day pay
-must be given. But where the work is uniform, and the objects expected
-are large or in known positions, then piecework is far more suitable.
-Though measuring up the cubic metres of work done may take perhaps a
-quarter of the master’s time, yet that is better than having to give
-the whole time to spurring on the dawdling pace of day workers.
-
-When working by the day it is needful to give the signals for beginning
-and stopping work, and to insist on regular and continuous digging.
-It is impossible to be known to be away, as then no work will go
-on effectively. An air of vigilant surprises has to be kept up. A
-sunk approach to the work behind higher ground is essential; and, if
-possible, an access to a commanding view without being seen going
-to and fro. A telescope is very useful to watch if distant work is
-regular. At Tanis the girls in a big pit were kept by the men walking
-up and tipping baskets at the top; but the telescope showed that the
-baskets were all the time empty. The immediate dismissal of fourteen
-people was the result. A telescope will also show if a boy is put
-up to watch for the master’s coming. Various approaches should be
-arranged from different directions, and the course of work so planned
-that no men can give notice to others. In this way a pleasing group of
-musicians and dancers may be found in the excavations, where picks and
-baskets are lying idle; and the arrangement is closed by requesting the
-boys to dance on their own resources, and the transfer of your pay to
-other pockets. The need of thus acting as mainspring, without which the
-work goes on at an official pace, is wearing and time-wasting; and it
-leaves no chance of doing writing, drawing, etc., during work hours.
-
-[Sidenote: Piecework.]
-
-Working by the piece saves all this trouble, and if the men are well
-trained, and the work is simple, it goes on automatically and takes the
-smallest possible amount of attention. In detached small sites men may
-even be left unvisited for two or three days, merely reporting each
-evening how far they have worked. In one case some lads were left to
-work at a great sarcophagus for weeks unwatched, and came some miles to
-report progress, and say when further attention was wanted. The pay for
-that was given by contract, to cut and lift a stone lid under water,
-for so many pounds.
-
-In piecework it is always best to keep a record of how long each piece
-has taken, as the time is one element in pricing the work done.[1]
-The ground varies in hardness, the depth of throwing up continually
-changes, or the presence of large stones hinders the work; therefore
-any exact value by a hard and fast rule is impossible. Each piece of
-work done has to be judged, taking the most likely scale of payment,
-and then tempering the result by the amount of time occupied. The
-general rate of pay in Egypt is ½ piastre a cubic metre for loose
-surface sand, ⅔ for shallow work in harder earth, ¾ for work as deep as
-a man, and 1 piastre for deep pits. At this scale a poor worker will
-barely earn day pay and a fine worker will make from 1½ to 2 times day
-pay. The day pay in Upper Egypt is 2½ to 3 piastres (6d. to 7d.) a man,
-and 1½ to 2 (3½d. to 5d.) for a boy, of fit and proper quality.
-
- [1] A useful notation is to use the letter of the week day,
- with an hour-spot by it; thus .F is 7 A.M. Friday, M· is 2
- P.M. Monday, Ẇ is noon, Wednesday, and this spotted letter
- is noted in the accounts, for the time of beginning any
- piece of work.
-
-To take a practical case. A hole is, say, 2½ metres wide, 3½ long and 2
-deep, say 18 cubic metres. The rate will be at ¾, making 13½ piastres
-or 2s. 9d. Large stones met with, or pillars or buttresses of earth
-left to support objects _in situ_, are counted as work done, as the
-trouble and inconvenience of leaving them in the hole is quite equal
-to the removal of so much earth. If the pit above-named had taken a
-four-gang (two men and two boys) less than a day, it might be cut to
-12 piastres or 2s. 6d.; or if much over a day, it might be raised to
-16 or 3s. 3d.; reckoning that a rate much quicker or slower than the
-regular rate, shows that the ground or conditions were better or worse
-than usual. It is needful to measure with distinct and visible care,
-as the men are very watchful to see that they get fair measurement;
-and their confidence should be gained by taking trouble to be fair
-and punctilious in every detail, though never taking notice of any
-wheedling or attempt to influence the account.
-
-[Sidenote: Day and Piecework.]
-
-Where the earth has to be moved to any distance beyond a few yards,
-then more carriers are needed than one to each digger. The happiest
-combination then is to go on paying exactly the same rate by the metre,
-as if the men were working a plain pit, but to supply them with as many
-boys paid by the day as may be needful to shift the earth away (Fig.
-17). Sometimes two men and two boys will have six more boys to run off
-the earth to fifty yards away. Any common village boys will do for this
-gang, and they may be enlisted by the hundred, and distributed over the
-work. But it is needful to allot these “locals” (as they are called)
-specifically to known men, so that each pick-man can answer for the
-time and the doings of each of his own boys. Thus there is no smudge of
-irresponsibility; but each boy belongs to a man, who has for his own
-interest to get the work out of him.
-
-[Illustration: CLEARING THE TEMPLE, ABYDOS.
-
-Fig. 17. Lines of carriers.]
-
-[Illustration: CLEARING THE TEMPLE, ABYDOS.
-
-Fig. 18. Heaps around area.]
-
-The local boys should all give the names of their villages on
-enlistment, and be kept in lists according to villages, so as to group
-them for payment in gold. In case of any serious theft or trouble
-due to boys from one village, all the rest from that village can be
-dismissed as a warning. To keep them up to time in arriving, it is
-best to dismiss for the day the two or three who come latest, if they
-are not well up to time. This soon enforces regularity. Any attempt to
-leave before the sunset signal, is met by dismissing altogether any boy
-who leaves too soon. It is best not to allow any substitution on the
-plea of illness, as if that is once allowed, it soon becomes a loophole
-for all the selected boys to gradually sell their places to less
-desirable fellows. A favourite plan of the piecework men is to turn
-all their own basket-boys into pick-boys, and then want more locals to
-carry the stuff. Of course this has to be met by deducting from the
-rate of pay, as the regular rates are for cutting and throwing, and
-not for cutting alone. The proportion of pay if the boys are set to do
-pick-work, on a gang of two men and two boys, goes as follows:--
-
- +---------------+--------------------+--------------------+
- | pick 3 | pick 3 | pick 3 |
- | basket 2 | pick 3 | pick 3 |
- | pick 3 | pick 3 | pick 3 |
- | basket 2 | basket 2 | pick 3 |
- | -- | -- | -- |
- | A 10 | B 11 | C 12 |
- | | | |
- | | 2 baskets due 4 | 4 baskets due 8 |
- | | -- | -- |
- | | 15 | 20 |
- +---------------+--------------------+--------------------+
-
-Then if in a normal four-gang, A, one boy takes a pick they become as
-in B, and only have 11/15 of the piece pay, as the master has to supply
-the other two baskets for the normal gang of equal numbers of picks
-and baskets. Similarly if both boys take picks, as in C, the pay is
-of course ⅗ of what it would normally be; the other ⅖ being spent in
-supplying locals. The one absolute rule, however, is that if there are
-enough old trained hands to do the cutting, no local shall be allowed
-to do pick-work, as his intelligence, knowledge, and honesty are not to
-be trusted without training. The combination of piece pay for cutting
-and day pay for carrying is a happy one; as the piecework keeps the men
-moving, and they stir up the boys on day pay (Fig. 19).
-
-In European countries this use of boys is scarcely possible owing to
-the national education. In Greece as in England the boys are required
-to go to school, and their holidays there are not at a time suitable
-for excavating, while in England the holidays are occupied by the
-harvest. Hence all work has to be done by men, at a higher rate of pay;
-and so mechanical aids to moving earth would be more profitable than
-they are in Egypt.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 19. FILLING AND CARRYING, AT ABYDOS.]
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 20. FILLING AND CARRYING, AT ABYDOS.]
-
-It may be mentioned that the workers are always expected to provide
-their own picks and baskets in Egypt; while ropes, crowbars, and other
-tools only occasionally wanted are found by the master. If the daily
-tools were also provided, they would soon be spoiled, and need constant
-attention; it is bad enough to have to check and take care of ropes and
-special tools. The baskets brought up need to be looked at for size,
-especially those of local boys. When choosing boys, a fair size of
-basket should be insisted on as a condition of employment; and if small
-or broken baskets are brought up afterwards, the boy should be turned
-off, in order to bring a proper basket next day.
-
-[Sidenote: Rewards.]
-
-The two objects of excavations are (1) to obtain plans and
-topographical information, and (2) to obtain portable antiquities.
-For the purpose of securing antiquities it is necessary to guard
-against the ignorance, the carelessness, and the dishonesty of the
-men employed. The best way to protect the interests of the work is
-to give rewards for all the things that are found, commonly called
-“the _bakhshish_ system.” If only half-a-dozen men are employed,
-and the master will take care to see that they never touch the work
-except while he is watching them, it may be practicable to do without
-_bakhshish_. But in the ordinary course of having one or two hundred
-men and boys at work over a large area, it is essential to pay partly
-by results, at least in the East; in Greece, owing to the large claims
-of the Government, this is scarcely practicable.
-
-The actual amount given should be as much as a travelling dealer
-would pay to the peasant, were he buying the object. For small and
-very saleable things a high rate should be given; for larger blocks,
-difficult to move, a lesser rate; and for larger things of some
-hundredweights a nominal present may be given without any relation to
-the market value. On the whole the _bakhshish_ is usually 5 to 10 per
-cent of the wages; and as it is only about 1s. in the pound on the
-European values it is well worth while to secure better work by giving
-it. Moreover, it is not by any means overlooked in the estimate of the
-worth of the work, but--like the prizes of gold digging--it is more
-than discounted in the prospects which induce desirable men to come.
-The tenth of a chance of getting ten pounds is more attractive than the
-certainty of getting one pound in wages; so the extra payments secure
-willing workers, even better than the same amount spread in regular pay.
-
-It is by no means only as a safeguard to honesty. The observation
-of things, and the care required to avoid breakages, are two very
-necessary habits for good workmen. Many a small thing would be
-overlooked and lost if it were no benefit to the finder. And digging
-carefully so as to avoid breakages, makes a great difference to the
-returns obtained. When giving _bakhshish_ on a broken thing, it is
-well to say how much more would have been given had it been perfect.
-And if fragments are missing, a large deduction should be made, and
-the balance promised if the pieces can be found. A fine flint knife,
-anciently broken, was produced with several chips missing; I gave 4s.
-for it, but offered 16s. more for the chips, which induced the men to
-sit down and turn over twenty tons of earth by hand, fingering every
-grain; nearly every scrap was found, the men got the whole 20s., and I
-got the whole of the largest flint knife known. In another case I kept
-a lad sifting earth for three weeks, to find a minute head which he
-had lost. Nothing can ensure care better than paying for it; while any
-bad carelessness or disobedience to orders is met by degrading a man
-to unprofitable work or dismissing him. The principle that the holder
-gets the _bakhshish_ must even be extended to cases where one man has
-taken things from another man’s hole; the man who has lost the things
-is merely told that he should have taken better care of his work.
-
-[Sidenote: Accounts.]
-
-The account keeping is a serious matter, especially when the men are
-working far from home, as then they wish to be paid irregularly. There
-is first the account of earnings, by day or by piecework; second, the
-account of _bakhshish_; third, the banking account of how much each man
-has due to him, or, if he has just drawn gold, perhaps a small balance
-against him; and fourth, the advances for market and for drawing to
-send home. The simplest way of paying is Schliemann’s, giving a day’s
-pay to every man every night; but it requires great quantities of
-change and a long time of delay to the workers and the master. Weekly
-payments are better, on the night before market day or on market
-morning. The account is read through to a man, his assent obtained to
-it; he is asked if he wants to draw gold, and if not, the total is
-booked to him, added to his previous balance. Then for marketing, it
-is best to join the men in groups of six or eight together, and give
-the chief man of each group a sovereign to divide as they want it.
-After market he states how much each has had, and it is deducted from
-the balance of each man, while any unspent cash is returned.
-
-Thus the amounts which should balance in weekly accounts are, for
-instance:--
-
- RECEIVED. £ PT. | SPENT. £ PT.
- Total to 17th Feb. 168 77 | Total to 17th Feb. 182 34
- on 19th „ 10 | Wages to 24th „ 34 16
- on 22nd „ 5 | Locals to 24th „ 9 83
- on 24th „ 20 80 | House 39
- ------- | Materials 64
- Total received 204 59½ | Personal drawings 5
- Due to men 27 79 | --------
- -------- |
- Balancing total 232 41 | 232 41
- ======== | ========
-
-This, of course, being the paymaster account, as apart from the
-accounts in chief, and from which the accounts in chief are made up by
-the head of a party.
-
-It is necessary to take trouble to gain the confidence of the men;
-they must be convinced of the master’s good faith and precision.
-Whenever there is reasonable doubt on a point, they must always be
-given the benefit of it; and plenty of patience is needed to hear their
-complaints, and to understand what is the real state of an objection.
-Some men are so puzzle-headed that they cannot remember their account
-clearly; and if so, it is best to make them name some friend with whom
-all their accounts are settled. If any man wants to go far back in
-accounts--and sometimes they will raise a question of four or five
-weeks before--then it is well to have a friend as witness, who will
-see that it is right, and close the matter, silencing any puzzled
-grumbling. Egyptians will often dispute accounts against their own
-interest, and remind the payer of amounts which they have received that
-may have been overlooked. But it is needful to show care and interest
-about the smallest amounts, so as to maintain a sense of exactness and
-precision with the men.
-
-Some masters avoid going over accounts by giving each man a card, and
-entering his account on it in figures; but as the man cannot check
-it without asking a reader, this hardly meets the case. Another form
-of accounts is, however, understood and desired by the men, in the
-form of a tally which every one can check, and from which they can
-automatically balance accounts at once. A piece of sheet zinc is ruled
-in columns (Fig. 21), each of 20 squares for the 20 piastres in each
-dollar; and every fifth column is lined heavier, as marking a pound.
-All amounts earned are marked by spots in the columns, and amounts
-paid are scored through. Thus in this example the earnings were 12, 2,
-5, 9, 30, and 15 piastres; the drawings were 17, 14, 11, 4, 2, 1½, 6½
-piastres; and the balance still due between the last score and the last
-spot is 17 piastres, which any man can count for himself. Such a tally
-will hold five pounds of accounts, or ten if ruled on both sides.
-
-[Sidenote: Native ways.]
-
-It hardly needs saying that a small amount of doctoring is continually
-wanted. Damages to hands and limbs in moving heavy stones, bruises and
-strains, sore eyes, malarial fever, rheumatic headaches, indigestion,
-swellings and gatherings, old sores, and many other small ailments are
-of daily occurrence. A stock of medicines, and some care in applying
-them, are necessary in any excavations. But it is necessary to refuse
-to give medicine to any one outside of the workmen: first, because
-a gratis doctor would never have time to do other work; second, on
-account of infection; and third, because patients are an excuse for
-spies.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 21.--Account-card for native wages. Each square,
-one piastre. Each column, one dollar. A spot at each amount due. A line
-through the squares paid up.]
-
-Having now noticed the men who are required, something may be said
-of those who are not required. The dealer and the spy are a constant
-plague. No man must be allowed to loaf about the work, or to lie
-watching it from a look-out point. And any troublesome men are best
-dealt with by taking shoes or head-shawl from them, and offering to
-send the clothes to the man’s sheikh to be returned to him. To get them
-he must give his name, and the name of his sheikh; and that no man
-will do, as he can then be dropped on by the police in future. Not a
-single loafer will ever give his name and sheikh, and so they are well
-kept at bay by confiscating clothing or tools. Once I took the donkey
-of a troublesome man, who had fled from me; and gave it up to his
-sheikh, who came to intercede next day. Doubtless it had to be redeemed
-by some blackmail to the sheikh, and the needful lesson was taught.
-Dealers are incessantly trying to get at the men, daily at wells or
-as tobacco-sellers, and weekly in the market; and so any unexplained
-persons who are seen about should be moved on and kept at a distance.
-
-It is supposed by some that there is a solidarity in the family of an
-Egyptian, which ensures that a man’s relatives know about his actions,
-and are aware if he goes wrong. But various events have shown that a
-man’s own relatives may be quite in the dark about his doings, and that
-a chance outsider may see, know, and tell things about a man which are
-secret from his relatives living with him. Hence the guarantee of a
-relative is worth practically nothing, and every man must be taken on
-his own merits. It must always be remembered that excavation is for
-the sake of archaeology, and is not undertaken in the interest of the
-workman. Hence any doubt about a man’s character is sufficient reason
-for not employing him. There is neither reason nor use in making
-accusations, which after all it might be impossible to prove. But
-an unostentatious weeding out of men during the fluctuations of the
-work is the best means of avoiding those who seem less likely to be
-trustworthy.
-
-A reason for not taking any man’s recommendations is that the
-introduction to the work is sure to be paid for; and if Ibrahim begs
-you to employ Aly, and succeeds, Aly will have to give him a lump sum
-or a share of the wages. Advice _for_ a man should therefore never be
-taken; though advice _against_ a man may be disinterested and useful.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 22. Carrier boys throwing on mounds. Abydos.]
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 23. Town-site turned over, showing outer wall.
-Kahun.]
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IV
-
-THE ARRANGEMENT OF WORK
-
-
-[Sidenote: Clearances.]
-
-A large site, such as that of a temple or a town, may be attacked in
-several ways. The most cursory method is by trial pits in various
-spots; pits which, if they hit anything of importance, are likely
-to injure it, and certain to destroy its connection with other
-things. French explorers have a love for _faire quelques sondages_,
-a proceeding which often ruins a site for systematic work, and which
-never shows the meaning of the positions or the nature of the plan. If
-it is quite uncertain whether there be remains in the ground, the best
-examination is by parallel trenches, as such give a good view of the
-soil, while the stuff can be turned back and the trench filled behind
-if not wanted. In case of tracing a building, trenches cut along the
-lines of the walls are a good beginning; and then if more is wanted,
-the plan is clear and the rooms can be emptied with foresight.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 24. CUTTING DOWN FROM THE TOP EDGE OF THE WORK.]
-
-A favourite method with the older explorers was to clear out a whole
-area (Fig. 18) and throw the stuff all round the site. This may be
-needful in case of superimposed buildings, which must be studied one
-by one, as only two or three periods can be planned at once, and the
-upper have to be removed before the lower can be cleared. But such a
-method is a clumsy waste in dealing with a simple group of buildings.
-The great difficulty of it is to know where to place the stuff removed,
-so as not to block future work. Before beginning any large excavation,
-the amount to be shifted should be gauged, and the position of the
-stuff settled beforehand. The great clearance on the side of the Medum
-pyramid, to expose the temple, was planned out with the position and
-size of each waste heap in the mind’s eye, and the system of paths by
-which the stuff could be shifted with least fatigue. It is needful to
-continually adjust the moving, so as to avoid lifting the stuff more
-than really needed; and any long run down of material, either towards
-the digger or away from the thrower, should be prevented, as it all has
-to be lifted again in some shape. Working at the foot of a long run of
-stuff is entirely wrong; such ground should be shifted in successive
-levels, each level being discharged without needing to raise the earth
-up again. Excavations at the Sphinx were carried on by the Government
-with two men filling baskets with sand, which ran down 20 feet from the
-surface to the bottom of a pit; and the baskets were then carried up by
-a long train of children very slowly climbing up out of the pit on a
-sand slope at the angle of running sand. Thus nearly the whole labour
-was wasted by not filling the baskets at the surface and carrying them
-directly away. Whenever a large pit is needed it should be begun of
-full size, and lowered equally all over, so that nothing runs down
-during the work.
-
-[Illustration: CEMETERY WORK
-
-Fig. 25. Mounds, at Yehudiyeh.]
-
-[Illustration: CEMETERY WORK
-
-Fig. 26. Sarcophagi, Abydos.]
-
-For moving earth to a distance there is no way so simple and adaptable
-as a line of carrier boys (Fig. 22). Over flat ground this is the best
-way up to distances of 50 or 100 yards; for longer discharges it may be
-better to lay down a light railway and use trucks. The line of boys is
-the only practicable way if the stuff has to be carried up a slope to
-discharge, or taken over irregular paths out of the work, as is often
-the case. The railway needs much time for rearranging different points
-of collection and discharge; and must be in duplicate, or else the work
-will be at a stand-still during rearrangement. A boy will carry 20 to
-30 lbs. in a load, about 20 journeys an hour for 100 yards discharge,
-thus moving about 2 tons a day. So the cost is about a piastre a cubic
-metre for shifting 100 yards.
-
-[Sidenote: Turning over.]
-
-But far the more economical and rapid work is that of turning over
-whenever practicable. If a site has not been often rebuilt upon, the
-way is to start by a long clearance at one edge; and then a line of men
-steadily cut from one side of the trench and throw back on the other
-(Fig. 24), so that the trench moves across the whole site, and every
-pound of earth is turned over. Each man needs a frontage of between 4
-and 6 metres in width; and the trench, if open along, should have a
-clear bottom of at least 2 metres, from back to front of the work. More
-usually it is worked in compartments, each man clearing about 4 metres
-square, and throwing into his previous hole; each hole is then gauged
-when empty and the pay assessed. If a town is cleared (Fig. 23), then
-it is done chamber by chamber, each being emptied over the wall into
-the previous chamber. The corners of the chambers can just be left
-visible for making a plan afterwards. A great advantage of this way is
-that the ground is finally left covered, so there is no great waste
-heap, and the walls are all covered over again to save them from future
-destruction.
-
-[Sidenote: Raising earth.]
-
-Where a deep hollow has to be cleared out it is a wasteful plan to let
-the boys walk out with the basket of earth, as they have to raise the
-body, which is about four times the weight of their load. So soon as
-the rise is as steep as one in four, it is best to form a fixed chain
-of boys (Fig. 27), each standing in a permanent place, and handing
-the baskets up from one to another. About 5 feet apart horizontally
-is as far as is useful; or in case of steep work (as out of pits) the
-vertical lift may be 3 or 4 feet (Fig. 1). A sufficient number of
-collectors at the bottom and throwers at the top are of course needed
-to keep the chain in full work (Fig. 28). A well-proportioned gang
-should not have any accumulations along it, and must be quietly watched
-from time to time to see that all parts work equally. If the baskets
-of earth lag at any point and accumulate, the boys before the point
-must be thinned, and those beyond it increased. A favourite plan of the
-boys is to let a basket lie unshifted and then stand upon it, as a full
-basket of earth gives a pleasant footing, and there is one less to keep
-moving. In this way most of the baskets can be quietly suppressed
-and yet every one remains as busy as they can be with the short stock
-of baskets that remain. All such misuse of baskets must be stopped at
-once; but old burst baskets may be used thus with advantage.
-
-[Illustration: CHAINS OF WORKERS.
-
-Fig. 27. At tomb of Usertesen II.]
-
-[Illustration: CHAINS OF WORKERS.
-
-Fig. 28. At tomb of King Den.]
-
-This system of lifting is also used in a surprising way for vertical
-tomb pits. An Egyptian man will stand all day with his feet on opposite
-sides of a pit in foot-holes, and stoop down to take a full basket from
-a man below at the level of his feet; then raise himself, and lift the
-basket up at arms’ length above his head, thus lifting it 6 or 7 feet.
-Three men will thus empty out a pit to 20 feet deep; but such men are
-usually old tomb-robbers, and must be employed with circumspection.
-More usually ropes are used, one tied to each handle of a basket, and
-pulled up by a pair of men. The earth is best left in the carrying
-basket, which is laid in the roped basket at the bottom, and taken
-out of it at the surface. If the pit is rotten and wide at the top,
-the basket has to be swung across the top two or three times, until
-on letting the ropes loose it flies out 10 or 20 feet to the side of
-the pit, where it is caught by the emptying boy. Clever rope-men will
-let a basket fly so as to catch on the top of the dump heap and turn
-over, so that it only needs clearing loose to let it go back again.
-The ropes need careful watching; the men love to tie knots in them, to
-grip by, whereby they wear through at the knots and drop to pieces;
-also the ropes are dragged on the edge of the pit, so as to serve as a
-friction-clutch when changing hands, thus wearing the rope out in two
-days instead of two months; the sides of the pit should be looked at
-to see if there is any sawing by the rope, and if so, the men must be
-stopped. They also cut off pieces if the ropes are long; and it is best
-to have all ropes in standard lengths of 8 metres, these when doubled
-thrice over down to 1 metre length are quickly tested for length, and
-then hanked in the middle to put by. Lastly, if not regularly delivered
-into store every night, the ropes are not returned when a pit is
-finished; and then they vanish, and a fresh pair is asked for when the
-next pit goes deep.
-
-Another favourite misuse of ropes is to lash them round blocks of stone
-which have to be dragged, and thus cut the rope into scraps by wearing
-on the ground. Ropes can generally be put round the sides of a stone,
-and kept in place by some old scraps passing beneath.
-
-[Sidenote: Tracing walls.]
-
-One of the most careful kinds of work, to which only good men can be
-trained, is that of tracing out unbaked brick walls buried in rubbish.
-The surrounding earth is derived from the crumbling and washing down
-of the earthen wall, and therefore it is indistinguishable from the
-average of the bricks themselves. Hence, if the bricks are uniform in
-colour, and the mud mortar is like them, the building and its débris
-are all alike. The best way to examine brickwork is by scraping a face
-of the wall, and then peeling it quite clean with a dinner-knife; such
-a clean smooth surface seen in shadow will show whatever can possibly
-be made out of the differences of colour and texture. Vertical joints
-are worth far more than horizontal, as often fallen bricks may lie
-as if built together. If possible the joints should be observed by
-differences of colour, and the bricks measured for comparison with
-others; as the sizes vary from 7 inches to 2 feet in length, and but
-seldom range over half an inch in any one building period, the size
-will go a long way in showing a connection of age. If the bricks cannot
-be distinguished even after leaving the face to dry for some days,
-the earth should be searched by pecking with a trowel or knife to see
-if there is dirt in it: only in late times are pottery chips found
-usually in bricks, and charcoal scraps are very rare, hence pottery
-and charcoal almost prove the earth to be mere wash and rubbish. The
-clearing back of dirty earth to a vertical face of clean clay is a
-satisfactory evidence of a wall. But sometimes the filling is so clean
-that there is no difference between it and the wall. Then the relative
-hardness will often serve to distinguish one from the other; and this
-is a main means of discrimination by the workmen, who will often tell
-a wall entirely by the touch under the pick. Failing all these tests,
-and the strata of dirt beds, the film of stucco on the wall face will
-sometimes show up, but may leave a doubt as to which side is the wall.
-In the last resource the stuff should be searched with a magnifier to
-see the hollows left by decomposed straw dust: in kneaded brick these
-hollows lie in every direction; in blown dust and wash they lie nearly
-all horizontal. It is often needful to spend half-an-hour testing and
-tracing out the line of a wall, fixing the face and the top and base of
-it; and such work may give the only evidence of a temple or important
-building.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER V
-
-RECORDING IN THE FIELD
-
-
-[Sidenote: Need of record.]
-
-After finding things the first consideration is to record and preserve
-all the information about them. The most ignorant dealer or plunderer
-may be a very successful digger, but he will not care for the value of
-a record. Recording is the absolute dividing line between plundering
-and scientific work, between a dealer and a scholar. The most
-blue-blooded _dilettante_ collector who digs to possess fine things,
-but records no facts about them, is below the level of the dealer who
-will publish an illustrated priced catalogue, and state what was found
-together, and the details of the discovery. The unpardonable crime
-in archaeology is destroying evidence which can never be recovered;
-and every discovery does destroy evidence unless it is intelligently
-recorded. Our museums are ghastly charnel-houses of murdered evidence;
-the dry bones of objects are there, bare of all the facts of grouping,
-locality, and dating which would give them historical life and value.
-And it is only the self-evident facts of age that we already know,
-which can be observed in such a useless condition. So ignorant are
-curators that they will even divide up a tomb-group of objects, which
-are the keys to knowledge, and foolishly scatter them up and down the
-galleries merely as second-rate specimens of what is already there,
-without any date or history. This is actually the case in the three
-largest national museums. It is therefore imperative not only to
-record, but also to publish, the facts observed; so that when in future
-the elements of scientific management may come to be understood, a fit
-curator may succeed in reuniting the long-severed information, as is
-being to some extent happily done at Dublin.
-
-In recording, the first difficulty is to know what to record. To state
-every fact about everything found would be useless, as no one could
-wade through the mass of statements. It would be like a detective who
-would photograph and measure every man on London Bridge to search for
-a criminal: the complication would entirely defeat the object. It is
-absolutely necessary to know how much is already known before setting
-about recording more. In some periods, such as the XVIIIth Dynasty, so
-much is ascertained that it is seldom that new facts can be brought to
-light; and only fine or unusual discoveries are worth full publication.
-On the other hand, in such an age as the early dynasties our only
-resource lies in complete records of the levels or collocations of
-hundreds of pots, whole or broken; and most important historical
-conclusions may hang on a single potsherd.
-
-[Sidenote: Value of record.]
-
-It is plain therefore that the accuracy and certainty of the record
-is necessary. At the moment that a fact is before the eye,--a fact
-which may never be seen again, and perhaps never paralleled,--it is
-needful for the observer to make certain of all the details, to verify
-every point which is of fresh value, and to record all that is new
-with certainty and exactitude. Statements with a query, or a doubt
-about them, are worth nothing in themselves, and can only serve to
-add to the range of similar facts that may be safely recorded from
-elsewhere. Everything seen should be mentally grasped, and its meaning
-and bearings comprehended at the moment of discovery, so clearly that
-a definitive statement can be made, which shall be as certain and as
-absolute as anything can be which depends on human senses. The observer
-should at least feel no possible doubts or qualms about his recorded
-facts; and what uncertainties there are should only be those which
-lie beyond his perceptions. It is well to work slowly over all the
-petty details of an important discovery, perhaps for half an hour,
-while considering all the facts and their meaning, before finally and
-irrevocably removing the main evidences of position. All this needs
-practice, and a full knowledge of what is important and what is trivial.
-
-[Sidenote: Resulting view.]
-
-And not only should such a record be made at the time, but the record
-should be presented finally in an intelligible form. To empty the
-contents of note-books on a reader’s head is not publishing. A mass
-of statements which have no point, and do not appear to lead to any
-conclusion or generalisation, cannot be regarded as an efficient
-publication. The meaning of each fact should be made apparent, and
-the relative importance of the details should be kept in view, so
-as to present the conclusions as a picture, in which each touch is
-in its proper place, and where each point adds to the whole without
-being disproportionately treated. Thus the final result is a statement
-much like what might have been written by a contemporary of the times
-in question; proved and enforced at each point by the various facts
-discovered.
-
-In many cases our materials are not enough to give such a picture; and
-then, either the blanks must be noted and the limits of uncertainty
-stated, or else, at the worst, the facts must be grouped, and their
-results stated, leaving the question with two or more solutions open to
-future settlement.
-
-Thus the final result to be aimed at is a picture full of detail and
-accuracy; and, where material is insufficient, with the limits of doubt
-clearly laid down, so that fresh material can at once be incorporated,
-and its value seen and grasped, so soon as it may be discovered.
-
-[Sidenote: Marking.]
-
-A very needful part of the recording is the marking of the objects
-with their source. Generally each part of a site is distinguished by
-a letter, and each group of objects found in that part by a number;
-thus a cemetery may be E, another adjoining it on different ground
-F, yet another G, a temple site T, and so on, sometimes using up the
-whole alphabet on a varied district. Then E 17, F 8, G 65, will be
-different tombs in those cemeteries, as denoted in the note-book and
-on the objects. Every bone of a skeleton should be marked, and always
-on one fixed position for each bone. It is best to trust to writing
-the reference with China ink on the base or back of most objects; for
-pottery and coarse things Brunswick black thinned with turpentine is
-best; for dark stones scratching the number is safest, and also for wet
-pottery at the time it is found. Jewellers’ tag-labels with strings are
-useful for small objects. It is very unsafe to trust labelling only
-to the wrapping papers, which may be all thrown away; separate labels
-should be wrapped with the things if they cannot be marked otherwise.
-
-[Sidenote: Nature of notes.]
-
-The nature of the notes must vary with each kind of material and each
-period; but we may here give some examples of the nature of such
-records.
-
-_Town Plan._--Survey of every wall of each house; thickness of each
-wall (easily neglected); reveals of doorways; doorsills if of stone;
-sizes of bricks; levels of top and base of each wall if any rebuilt or
-superimposed; contents of each chamber, note if on floor or in filling;
-objects buried in floors; special note of position of exactly dated
-objects; copies of any frescoes or decoration.
-
-_Tomb._--Position relative to other tombs. Size of pit, direction,
-depth. Position of chamber. Filling intact, or estimate of time that it
-has stood open anciently by the weathering of the sides. Objects found
-loose in filling. Chamber plan. Primary or secondary burial. Position
-of body, head direction, face direction, attitude of body and limbs.
-Position of beads and small objects on body. Note if beads follow any
-pattern or order; record order of as long groups of beads as possible
-for rethreading; wrappings, amount and nature. Coffin or cartonnage;
-inscription and figures, if any, often need copying or photographing
-before removal, as they may fall to pieces. Skull and jaw to be
-removed for measurement; or, if in rarer periods, whole skeleton to be
-preserved. Position and nature of all offerings and objects placed in
-the tomb. Copies of any inscriptions or paintings on the walls of the
-tomb.
-
-To such outlines of the usual character of records are added any
-special details which are but rarely found; but the above will serve to
-remind an excavator of what must always be looked for.
-
-[Sidenote: Planning.]
-
-In making a plan of any large area, such as a town, it is best to
-start with a rough key-plan divided into a few dozen squares, each row
-of squares lettered, each column of squares numbered, so that every
-square is designated, as B 5, etc. (Fig. 32). Then the detailed plan
-of each square is to be made on one opening of a note-book of squared
-paper, the openings running A 1, A 2, A 3; B 1, B 2, B 3, etc. Thus any
-connection from one page to another can be found at once by looking for
-the next letter or number: the whole plan is in the pocket, and can
-be added to, chamber by chamber, as the clearing progresses. It need
-hardly be said that every plan or detail should be drawn north upwards
-in the note-book. Main lines are of course to be connected together by
-long lines of measurement.
-
-As a general principle it is best to measure positions of as many
-points as possible along one single line of measurement, rather than
-take many piecemeal short distances and add them together. Thus (Fig.
-29) a series of walls should be stated as, 66, 76, 201, 220, 257,
-269, 330, 353, 434, 446 inches, rather than as lengths of 66, 10, 25,
-19, 37, 12, 61, 23, 81, and 12 inches; for the total is more accurate
-when measured all in one, the positions are plotted quicker, and the
-comparison with any symmetric lengths of the building are easier made
-on the spot, so as to detect errors.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 29.--Example of a plan measured entirely from two
-bounding lines.]
-
-In the direct measurement of groups of walls, etc., it is the quicker
-and more accurate method to adopt two outside sighting lines, say one
-along the north, the other along the east, of the ground, marked out by
-high walls or large stones always visible, and then measure every point
-out to the two sighting lines at right angles. Spaces of over 100 feet
-across can be divided into separate groups.
-
-The general use of instruments cannot be entered upon here. But amongst
-the means of work the divided rod is indispensable, and it is all that
-is wanted for most small buildings that are met with. The tape is the
-most practical for distances of 10 to 50 feet; and the steel tape for
-accurate measuring of base lines, or long distances. The box-sextant
-is for very broken ground, and isolated details, or if working alone;
-and the theodolite for accurate work anywhere between the accuracy of,
-say, 1 inch on 500 feet and the refinement of a ¼ of an inch on a mile.
-The plane table may be convenient for approximate plans, and is simple
-and rapid to use. The prismatic compass is of use for the directions of
-single blocks or fragments of wall, and is handy for rough topography
-(generally with paced distances), or for underground passages.
-
-In considering the accuracy required, if dimensions in figures are to
-be given, then minute measurement is wanted, somewhat more accurate
-than the original workmanship. But where only a plan is to be produced,
-it is seldom practicable to show more accuracy than 1/100th inch on a
-book page 10 inches high, or 1/1000th of the whole, and therefore it is
-of no use to measure closer than 1 inch on a space of 200 feet or so
-across.
-
-[Sidenote: Plotting.]
-
-It need hardly be said that the barbarous irregular fractions, such as
-⅜ of an inch to a foot or to a mile, should never be used for plotting.
-Simple decimal scales should alone be used, and generally 1/100th is
-the most suitable and easy for all plans of ordinary buildings, towns,
-etc.; this is further reduced by photolithography to whatever scale
-will best fit the size of publication.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 30.--Method of plotting a three-point survey,
-_n_, _w_, _s_, the three fixed points. A the point to be found. B, C,
-centres of struck circles.]
-
-Though the ordinary methods of survey need not be stated here, the
-box-sextant is so seldom seen that some account should be given of
-its use. The objection to its use on short distances, that parallax
-between the direct and reflected ray causes errors, can be avoided by
-overlapping the images about ¾ inch, the usual amount of the parallax.
-The main use of the sextant is for three-point survey. Over broken
-ground where many isolated points have to be fixed, within a few inches
-on a few hundred feet, there is no method so quick and useful as the
-nautical three-point method, when improved by rigid plotting. At any
-three points which shall be visible from the whole of the ground, and
-within its general plane, three signals are placed, best lettered by
-the quarter of the horizon nearest to each, say _n_, _s_, _w_. The
-three points must be so placed that the one circle passing through them
-all shall not pass through points needed in the survey; otherwise
-they may be in any position, though best as a triangle of about equal
-sides. The three angles and one side are to be measured, thus defining
-the whole triangle. Then at any point to be fixed, A, the two angles
-between _n_ to _s_ and _w_ to _s_ are measured with the sextant, and
-these suffice to fix the position. For plotting (Fig. 30), lay down the
-triangle of the three fixed points, say to scale 1/100th (the triangle
-with shaded corners _n_, _s_, _w_), and the perpendiculars to each side
-of it; this is most accurately done by a large protractor with vernier,
-setting out the radii and perpendiculars of the triangle from its
-centre. Then tabulate the half of each base × cotan. angles observed on
-that base, _e.g._
-
- logs. n.n. logs. n.n. logs. n.n.
- ½ bases _n_ ·27314 _s_ ·36621 _w_ ·29223 _n_
- ------ ------ ------
- x cotan. { 1 ·43223 2·705 ·26272 1·831
- angles at { 2 ·56671 3·687 ·48214 3·035
- places 1, 2, 3 { 3 ·41995 2·630 ·67709 4·754
-
-Here the log. half base _n_ to _s_ is ·27314; this added to log. cotan.
-of angle subtended by _n_-_s_ from station 1 is log. ·43223, giving
-a value 2·705 inches. From station 1 the angle _s_-_w_ was observed;
-and from stations 2 and 3 the angle _w_-_n_ was observed. All this
-calculation can be rapidly done in this form, placing the sheet upon
-the log. book, with the written log. half base next below the printed
-log. cotan. angle, and writing down the sum of the two against the
-number of the station. Then on the plan, plot these (½ base × cotan.)
-on the perpendiculars of their respective bases as at B and C, marking
-the station number to each. Then with compasses sweep an arc from one
-centre B, with radius Bs equal to the distance from the centre to its
-two points of the triangle. The same from the other centre C that has
-the same number of station. The intersection of the arcs is the point A
-of that station on the plan.
-
-Of course the prolonged perpendiculars (broken lines) are used as
-often as the direct perpendiculars; the _aspect_ of the angle from
-the station, whether _n_-_s_ or _s_-_n_ showing on which half of the
-perpendicular we should lay off the centre. For angles over 90° the
-complement of the angle should be used in calculation, the centre
-then laid off on the wrong half of the perpendicular, and the arc
-swept across the right half. This mode of plotting gives the fullest
-accuracy, such as is never possible with the use of station-pointers,
-or trial and error devices which are used in nautical survey. A field
-of 40 stations can be easily calculated in an hour, and plotted in a
-couple of hours more. If it is needful to work any point with pure
-calculation instead of plotting, it can be accurately done by the
-principle that the line joining the two centres of arcs, B and C, forms
-with their common point s an equal and opposite triangle to that which
-they form with the survey point A. It will be seen on looking at the
-diagram that _w_-_s_, the angle by which B is plotted, is equal to the
-angle _w_-_s_ from A; and similarly the angle of the half base _n_-_s_
-from C, is equal to _n_-_s_ from A. Hence the points _n_, _s_, _w_
-subtend from A, the observed angles, and A is the point from which they
-must have been observed.
-
-For levelling, the handiest instrument is a short rigid pendulum, with
-mirror attached, to hang truly vertical. The reflection of the eye
-back to itself is then a truly horizontal line, and can be sighted
-on to any distance. The pendulum is best made about 5 inches long,
-with tetrahedral net of suspension thread, to avoid twisting, passing
-through two eyes on the mirror and two eyes on the holder, and a
-covering tube to shield it from wind. With this, readings can easily be
-taken to an inch on 100 feet, and this is sufficient accuracy for most
-archaeological work.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VI
-
-COPYING
-
-
-[Sidenote: Paper squeezes.]
-
-A very needful branch of recording is the taking impressions of
-inscriptions and flat reliefs. The usual method is by wet squeezing of
-paper, which may be made up of any thickness, from a true mould to a
-slight surface impression. If a mould is wanted for future casting, a
-tough rag paper without much size should be used; but good newspaper
-will do. The tougher the paper is when wet, the better. The stone must
-be thoroughly cleaned and soaked. The paper is cut to the size, and,
-if less than the stone, in two or more sheets. A sheet is then put in
-a basin of water, rolled about to soak, and then gathered into a ball
-and rolled between the hands to break the grain, just short of pulping
-the surface; next shaken out like a wet handkerchief, and then laid
-on the stone with enough slack to go into all the hollows. It is then
-gently beaten with a spoke-brush until it is pushed into the hollows
-(Fig. 33). If they are deep it is needful to use strips of paper soaked
-and pulped, and laid by finger in the hollows, so as to nearly fill
-them. Finally, a severe beating is given to the whole, as violent as
-can be done without tearing the paper. The paper should be pulped on
-the stone, and driven into every crack and porosity; using a second,
-and even a third, sheet to bind it together. The pulp in the hollows
-should be kneaded in with the sharp edge of the brush-back, using the
-whole weight of the body to force it home. About 50 square feet of such
-work is as much as can be done in a day. The precautions are: avoid
-bubbles of water or air below the paper, beat quite straight without
-dragging, and see that there is no creeping of the paper or shifting
-on the stone. When quite dry and hard the cast may be carefully peeled
-off. After heating and waxing, plaster casts may be taken from it, with
-a slight oiling between each using.
-
-A slighter working is enough on shallow inscriptions; but such squeezes
-generally need to be taken off while wet, and allowed to dry alone,
-or else the paper drags flat out of the hollows when contracting in
-drying. This is specially the case on polished granite, where there is
-no grip on the surface.
-
-Surface impressions of incised carving may be taken with a single sheet
-of paper beaten just enough to catch the edges of the cutting; and such
-make excellent bases for inking over to produce a facsimile drawing
-(Fig. 31). The impression is so much better on the inner side, that the
-inking is done on that, and the figures are thus reversed in the plate.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 31.--Copy made by inking a paper squeeze, 1:8. A
-part of the Israel stele, with the name Israel in the last line but
-one.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 32.--System of numbering sheets of connected
-drawings.]
-
-[Sidenote: Dry squeezes.]
-
-But on all coloured work, and many kinds of tender stones, wet
-squeezing is a crime, as it destroys the original. Fatuous tourists
-and brazen students have wrecked innumerable monuments by wet
-squeezing, and it is now necessarily prohibited in Egypt unless
-special permission is obtained to do some object which cannot be
-injured by it. Another system, that of dry squeezing, I therefore
-introduced when doing the Medum tombs. A sheet of thin paper is held
-over the stone, and it is pressed over each edge of the cutting so as
-to leave a bend in the surface. Then, laid on a drawing-board, with an
-oblique lighting, the bends are all drawn on with pencil, checking by
-comparison with the stone. Sometimes it is best to draw by lamplight,
-and check with the stone afterwards. The drawing should always begin
-at the bottom right hand, so as not to press out the impression by the
-hand; and the sheets must not be rolled before being pencilled. For
-small lines, a piece of indiarubber should be used to press the paper
-into the hollows. For the outlines of reliefs the thumb nail must be
-used. This system is quicker and more accurate than any reduced-scale
-hand drawing. Over large wall surfaces the sheets should be placed in
-regular rows, lettered A, B, C (Fig. 32), and each sheet numbered in
-the row, so that A 3, B 3, C 3, come one below the other. The register
-of positions is kept by marking a minute cross with pencil on the wall,
-so that the corners of four sheets will fall between the four arms of
-the cross. Thus each fresh sheet is placed exactly to fit the sheets
-which have preceded it, in the row and in the column. Any large blanks
-or injuries should have their corresponding sheets duly lettered (even
-if nothing is on them), and put with the drawings, so that there shall
-be no hitch in placing them all in one great sheet afterwards. It may
-be convenient to join up the sheets, and then redivide the drawings
-at suitable spaces between the subjects for convenience of packing.
-To join the sheets they must be laid together in position, a slight
-cut then made with a knife to mark two sheets across the joint; then
-turned back-up, adjusted by the cut, and a strip of adhesive paper put
-on the joint, dabbed down and not rubbed along. Thus large sculptured
-walls can be copied sheet by sheet, joined up, inked in, and then
-photolithographed for plates. It is needful to remember that the Postal
-Union will take rolls up to 60 centimetres length and 21 cm. diameter,
-as ordinary parcels up to 5 kilograms; or 75 cm. length if not over 10
-cm. diameter and 2 kilograms of weight, by book post, open at ends.
-
-[Illustration: CASTING.
-
-Fig. 33. Paper squeeze. XII Dyn. Goddess Nekheb.]
-
-[Illustration: CASTING.
-
-Fig. 34. Plaster cast from paper. Philistine. XX Dyn.]
-
-[Sidenote: Casting.]
-
-Beside the direct material for publishing in plates, it is often
-desirable to take casts and impressions, both for future reference
-and also as a step toward a photograph (Fig. 34). The making of paper
-impressions or squeezes has already been noted. Casting with plaster
-of Paris is the principal mode of reproduction, and is such a detailed
-business in itself that only a few notes can be given here, such as
-might possibly be wanted in field work. The fine work for museum
-purposes is outside of our aim here. The main point in handling wet
-plaster is rapidity; and for that everything must be ready, and the
-exact plan of work and amount of plaster settled beforehand. A basin
-should be used with water equal to about two-thirds of the volume of
-plaster required. Into this shake or sift dry plaster rapidly, until
-the water is just filled up with it, and no free water left on the
-top; it is then well proportioned, and should be violently stirred with
-a large flat spoon or slip of wood and poured out in an even stream,
-beginning with the middle if a flat mould, and flattening it out to
-the edges. It is best to have rather too little than too much; as a
-fresh lot can be mixed, with the hardened pieces of the first lot, to
-serve for a backing; the first lot being, of course, spread over the
-whole face to begin with. Strings, or strips of butter-muslin, should
-be put through the mass, if it is large, so as to prevent it falling to
-pieces if broken later on. Excellent casts are made with a thin skin of
-plaster on a backing of muslin put on a frame; but this requires more
-skill than plain work. About 10 minutes after casting the back should
-be scraped down level, or planed with a wide-mouthed hand plane, which
-is a very useful tool in finishing casts. No cast of any large size
-should be left without even support for some hours after casting, as it
-will settle out of shape if strained. Small quantities of plaster are
-best mixed with a pocket knife in the palm of the hand.
-
-Moulds for casting are usually of clay for a large scale, but that
-is not likely to be used in the field-work. The division of the clay
-is best done by bedding threads along the face of the object at the
-lines required, and then pulling them up to cut the clay. The face of
-the object requires French chalk (steatite powder) on it to prevent
-cohesion; oiling or greasing spoils the face of the original. For
-field-work paper moulds are best, and the preparation of these as
-wet squeezes has been already described. To fit the squeeze for use
-as a mould, it should be heated and brushed with melted beeswax on
-the face, without necessarily soaking it through. Any places that
-are shiny when cold should be warmed and rubbed with cotton wool, so
-that the face is the true paper cast. Then slightly oil between each
-plaster casting, or else the warmth of the setting plaster will make
-the wax stick to it. Several casts can be taken from one paper, if it
-is carefully handled in peeling it from the plaster each time. Paper
-impressions of cylinders are best made with blotting-paper, unrolled
-wet, and left to dry. To remove the cockling of drying, spread a thin
-coat of stiff paste on card, and press the paper squeeze lightly on it.
-
-Guttapercha moulds are best if many copies are required. To get a
-sharp impression in this tough material a preliminary mould should
-be made, of the right shape, but not sharp on the face. This should
-be thoroughly cooled in water for an hour or more, and then a small
-quantity of guttapercha from boiling water should be laid in the hard
-mould and the object pressed in very rapidly and with maximum pressure.
-Thus the hot material is forced firmly against every part and takes
-a brilliant impression. Such moulds are used for electrotyping as
-well as for plaster work. To produce a smooth face to a lump of hot
-guttapercha, it should be pulled outwards from the middle to all sides
-by thumbs and fingers, so as to produce a fresh torn face over the
-whole upper surface.
-
-Sealing-wax is one of the handiest materials, and is used
-professionally for all the coin reproductions that are published.
-Only the best wax is of any use for impressions. It should never
-be allowed to burn or blaze, nor even to boil, but should be gently
-heated until a large mass will fall quite readily. The object should be
-wetted moderately just before impressing. So soon as the wax is tough
-the object should be lifted slightly to make certain that it has not
-stuck, and then pressed down again till cold. If it has stuck it must
-be pulled away at once, and the wax picked off while tough. Sealing-wax
-casts must be oiled before plaster is put to them; and oil does not
-soften or deteriorate sealing-wax if left on for years. Beeswax, or,
-better, the mixture called “dentist’s wax,” makes good impressions, and
-may be used for moulds.
-
-Tin-foil is most useful for rapid impressions, especially from a
-fragile or delicate object. The thinnest should be used, such as is
-wrapped round chocolate. To preserve the form of tin-foil it may be
-squeezed into place with a back of beeswax, and so form a facing to a
-wax mould for casting a plaster positive. Or it may be pressed alone
-(forcing it on with soft indiarubber or cotton wool), and then floated,
-back up, on water, while blazing sealing-wax is dropped into it to
-form a backing. This mode is very handy for coin impressions, which
-will travel safely in this form and look well. For round objects,
-such as cylinders, a tin-foil impression should be made, beating the
-foil in with a soft tooth-brush; then the foil is to be uncoiled by
-rolling it upon wax so that the curve is removed without flattening the
-impression; it is then ready for a plaster casting, giving a flat cast
-of the round cylinder. In all cases thin gold-foil would be far better
-than tin-foil; and such an impression might even be preferred to the
-original object by some Oriental officials.
-
-[Sidenote: Drawing.]
-
-Drawing is still the main resource for illustration, although
-photographic processes occupy so important a place. Hand-work is
-essential for plans, it is the more useful method for inscriptions,
-and it is the more convenient method for most small objects. There is
-generally some interpretation needed, to show details which could not
-possibly all be visible in one uniform lighting, as in a photograph;
-and this can only be done by drawing all that can be seen in varying
-lights and aspects. Another superiority of outline drawings is that
-they are far more easily looked over and referred to than a much less
-distinct photograph. And lastly, they cost a third or a quarter of the
-amount for publication. The proper scope of photographs is stated in
-the next section.
-
-As drawing is almost always to be reproduced by photolithography, or by
-zinc block, it is essential to have it entirely in full black and white
-without any grey or half tones. Hence the contrast should be kept as
-strong as possible; and only China ink of full blackness should be used
-for fine lines. In wide, coarse work, as full-sized inscriptions from
-walls, a common writing-ink evaporated to denser quality may be used.
-Ebony stain, which some use, has the disadvantage of spreading badly if
-it chances to be wetted. A smooth, glazy-faced paper is good for fine
-lines, and does not rag up under the pen. Cardboard is pleasant to use,
-but is awkward to send by post; whereas paper drawings roll up safely
-in a tube.
-
-A cardinal rule in drawing is that the finest line should come out
-to 1/300 inch when the subject is reduced to the plate size. Thus a
-drawing to be reduced to ⅓ by photolithography should have its finest
-lines 1/100 inch thick. This line of 1/300 inch is the finest which is
-safe not to break up in reproducing; and of course it spreads a little
-in the printing. For very slight shade lines rather thinner lines may
-be used, as it is no disadvantage if they should break.
-
-It is very desirable to have similar objects all reduced to the same
-scale. For pottery ⅙ is a convenient reduction; for stone vases ⅓; for
-metal tools and small objects ½. The drawings of pottery and stone
-vases are easiest to do on scales ¼ and ½, as the measured diameters
-have to be laid off as radii from the axis, needing halving throughout.
-The further reduction is done when photographing for the lithographs;
-and it is always best to have such a reduction to ⅔, if not to ½, of
-the size of the drawing, in order to make it come out more delicate
-than the hand-work. A very useful system for recording groups of small
-objects, especially such as are found together, is to lay them out on
-a sheet (say double the plate size), as arranged for the plate, and
-then run a pencil round the outlines, and add as much detail as may
-be needful to explain the objects; thus a pictorial inventory is made
-quickly, and is far more useful and easier for reference than any
-written inventory (Fig. 35). The pencil should have the wood split off
-one side of the lead, and be sharpened by cutting to a chisel-edge
-on the opposite side. Thus the point is vertically under the guiding
-side; and when held carefully upright, outlines can well be run from
-surfaces half an inch or even an inch above the paper. The size of the
-sheet will, of course, depend on the amount of reduction intended. For
-numbering the figures printed numbers can be gummed on to the drawing.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 35.--Part of an inventory sheet, recording pieces
-of ivory carving, 1:3.]
-
-For vases, block tints are more satisfactory than outlines. So the
-drawing can be filled up with a wash of ink. Or if section lines are
-wanted it is best to draw the section line, and block out the ground
-outside of the vase, leaving the vase white on a black ground; then
-have this reversed, black for white, in the photolithographing. The
-vases may be printed in any colour which is suitable.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 36. Frame for drawing fragments of vases.]
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 37. Weathered grave-stone; unsanded, and sanded.]
-
-[Sidenote: Restored forms.]
-
-The method for drawing a completed form of a vase from fragments is
-to place the brim and the base (the curves of which can be accurately
-measured against a series of concentric circles) into their true
-positions, to a vertical axis; and then, if there is no complete
-connection, to adjust their height on their axis so that their
-curvatures (including other pieces which join them) fall into one line.
-It is easier to do this with the mouth downwards. A frame is made (Fig.
-36), with a vertical rod sliding up and down over the middle; a card
-with concentric circles on it is placed on the floor of the frame, and
-centred under the rod. Taking a piece of a brim, it is rocked to and
-fro until it touches the card all along the edge, and a leg of wax is
-stuck on so as to keep it at that angle. It is then slid about till
-the curve fits between the concentric circles. A piece of base has
-its curvature measured, by fitting a sheet of celluloid ruled with
-concentric circles to the curve of it. It is then fixed on the lower
-end of the vertical rod with some wax, so that the rod is in its axis.
-Then the rod is slid down in its grooves until the curves of the piece
-of base and of the piece of brim fall into one line. For drawing the
-form the radius of the brim and of the base are already measured; the
-height is taken as it stands in the frame, also the greatest radius at
-the shoulder, the angle of the side with the base, and sometimes the
-height from the brim to the curve at several different radii, read off
-by sliding a graduated square on the concentric circles to touch the
-curve. After plotting all these dimensions the curve is drawn in by
-freehand, looking carefully at the fragments in position.
-
-[Sidenote: Copying inscriptions.]
-
-For hand copying inscriptions of a small size, a good method is to fold
-over the paper at each line that is done, and draw the signs one by
-one on to the fresh edge of paper held side by side on the stone; thus
-there is no strain or loss of time by looking to and fro and finding
-the place, no chance of omissions, and the facsimile is as accurate as
-possible. This is especially for copying ink writing and graffiti. When
-making a reduced copy by hand it is best to have a sheet of card under
-the paper ruled in squares (of ¼ or up to 2 inches), with thick lines.
-These show through the paper, and a frame of strings or threads is put
-over the stone, of a larger size, agreeing to the scale of reduction
-intended; _e.g._ for reducing a wall to ⅕, have card ruled in 1 inch
-squares, and a frame of strings 5 inches apart over the wall. For lines
-or columns of inscription it does to rule the column lines and only
-have a long scale on a strip of wood put alongside of the column which
-is being copied, so as to tally with the lines seen through the paper.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII
-
-PHOTOGRAPHING
-
-
-[Sidenote: Camera.]
-
-Photographs are essential for all objects of artistic interest, and for
-expressing rounded forms for which elaborate shading would otherwise
-be needed. Views of the excavations and buildings are also wanted. And
-it is desirable to publish photographs as well as drawings of very
-important carvings, in order to guarantee the accuracy of the drawing,
-which is the more useful edition for most purposes.
-
-Though the ordinary knowledge of photography must be taken for granted
-here, there are many details and preferences which are special to this
-kind of work. The bane of practical photography is the rich amateur,
-who insists on useless luxury of apparatus, and has set a fashion
-in fittings which is absurdly complex. It is undesirable to have a
-specially compact camera, as steadiness and convenience in use are
-sacrificed for lightness and slightness, which are no object in a fixed
-camp. An old-fashioned bulky camera is better for stationary work. I
-have long used a tin-plate camera with plain draw-body in two pieces;
-the benefit when enlarged photographs are needed is found by taking
-it apart, and inserting a card tube, made up when wanted to any length
-required for the enlargement. Some very simple, adaptable camera is
-best, with a large plate-magazine attached to it, so that some dozens
-can be carried at once. For ordinary views and small-scale objects
-a simple hand camera is best. A pattern should be adopted which may
-be the least liable to get out of order in a very dusty and gritty
-climate; of the simplest mechanism, with a plain thrown-down pattern,
-to carry a dozen flat films. As to the size of camera, the ¼ plate is
-by far the most useful, being right for lantern slides and large enough
-for most objects. Enlargements can be made to double size (or whole
-plate) quite as good as collotype or net will reproduce them. The time
-and work of using a whole-plate size are scarcely ever repaid by the
-results for practical archaeology.
-
-The fashion of wide-angle lenses is useless for everything excepting
-architecture at close quarters. And for most objects it is very
-detrimental to have so short a focus, as it distorts and spoils the
-perspective. It is best to use too long a focus in order to get truer
-views of objects, at least 6 inches focus for a ¼ plate. There does
-not seem to be any appreciable gain in the newer patterns of lenses
-over the older “rapid rectilinear” or “symmetrical”; and the positive
-disadvantages of some recent lenses are seen in the smaller aperture
-and lack of light for focussing, and the distortion at extreme edges.
-The iris diaphragm is a disadvantage, as it brings in another variable,
-while the time of exposure can be varied to any extent needed. It is
-best to stick to one small stop, say _f_/100, and learn exposures
-entirely on that basis; then in case of poor light a larger stop, as
-_f_/25 or _f_/8, can be used proportionately to shorten the time.
-Small stops can be made out of a strip of tin plate or blackened card;
-and the hand camera can be stopped down with a pinhole stop stuck in
-front of the lens so as to work at almost any nearness and scale with
-exposures of ½ or 1 minute in full sunshine.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 38. Throwing sand; drop-shutter view.]
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 39. Girls at rest; diagonal mirror view.]
-
-The instantaneous shutter is a useless article for all fixed objects.
-It is far better to work with a small stop which gives plenty of depth
-of focus, and expose for 2 to 20 seconds, which is long enough for
-_f_/100 on slow plates in Egypt. For direct enlargement of objects a
-stop of _f_/200 is excellent, and only needs 30 seconds exposure. If
-a shutter is wanted a simple drop can easily be extemporised (Fig.
-38) fitting on to the front of the lens, and such will give fine
-results. A diagonal mirror front can be made out of any decent scrap of
-looking-glass, without showing any double image (Fig. 39).
-
-Rapid films are another fashion better avoided, as for fixed objects
-there is no great hurry. The slowest films made have never caused any
-practical inconvenience in my work, and they are far safer to keep and
-to develop. The skew-back is never needed except for architecture; and
-in the few cases where it is necessary, the effect can always be as
-well obtained by taking the plate square, and then copying it skewed
-in a skew-back camera. The sliding and rising front is about the only
-complication that is useful in serious work; and if a long focus lens
-is used a large amount of slide can be obtained; but a camera with a
-free-swinging lens turning to any angle would be the best form.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 40. Ivory tablet of Zer; light half with black,
-dark half with white.]
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 41. Bronze hypocephalus, XXX Dyn.; filled in with
-white.]
-
-[Illustration: DRESSING TOMBS FOR PHOTOGRAPHING.
-
-Fig. 42. Wooden floor of Azab.]
-
-[Illustration: DRESSING TOMBS FOR PHOTOGRAPHING.
-
-Fig. 43. Naqada, prehistoric.]
-
-[Sidenote: Preparing objects.]
-
-The preparation of the object is a very important point. Any sunk
-carving or inscription of small size should generally be filled in
-with whiting (Fig. 41) or charcoal dust, according as the material
-is dark or light, so as to give a strong contrast (Fig. 40). In case
-of worn inscriptions on impervious stone, such as rock crystal, the
-lines may be marked with China ink, dried on, and then gently wiped
-with damp fingers until only the faint hollows retain the ink. What is
-hardly visible to the eye can thus be brought up clearly. If hollows
-are slight and smooth, so that they will not hold a powder, brush over
-with stiff paste, wipe the face clean on a damp handkerchief, and
-then press in the powder. Only rather coarse powders should be used,
-in order to avoid staining the object. In field-work objects should
-also be carefully dressed. Reliefs upon weathered stones (Fig. 37)
-should be dusted over with sand, and then lightly wiped until just
-the wrought relief is cleared, and the ground is left smoothed with
-sand. Stones in building should be brushed or scraped clean, so as
-to contrast with the earth. Joints in walls should be picked out or
-brushed so as to show clearly. Sometimes, as in a flooring of wood
-(Fig. 42), the whole should be entirely brushed clean, and then the
-joints packed with the lightest-coloured sand so as to contrast well. A
-grave needs hand-picking, and then every bone brushing clean, and the
-ground between packing with dark earth to give contrast. All pottery
-and objects should be entirely cleaned around, and lifted slightly
-so as to show a clear outline. The proper dressing of a grave (Fig.
-43) will easily occupy two hours of work. Nothing which adds to the
-contrast and clearness of an object should be neglected. Sometimes
-for dark objects it is well to dust them with very fine white powder,
-as with a puff-ball, so as to give some light on the darker sides.
-And for objects of mottled colour, such as carved porphyry, a coat of
-flake-white water-colour is best, so as to show the relief only and
-not the colour. For coins and gems there is no method to compare with
-photographing from plaster casts, which are always used in serious work.
-
-[Sidenote: Lighting.]
-
-The lighting is the most important element in photographing. No other
-requirement is so essential, for with bad lighting nothing can be
-done. The rule of the light coming from the top left hand should
-always be followed where no special direction is needed. Generally a
-diagonal light is best for inscriptions, as most lines are vertical
-or horizontal. An object should first be held with a moderately
-oblique light on the face of it, then quickly revolved in the plane
-of its face, so as to see the changing effect of light from different
-directions, observing what lines disappear in various positions, and
-selecting the most effective direction. On setting it up, with the sun
-(or other light) in the best direction, the obliquity of the light
-should then be tried, tilting the object more or less, until the
-details are sufficiently shown without too heavy shadows. In case of a
-human face the light should be nearly vertical, and the obliquity of
-it sufficient to bring out the cheek curves to the best. Of course,
-the position of the object must be regulated entirely by the direction
-of the light, and a figure may need to be tilted in any position. A
-conical or cylindrical object must be placed with its axis pointing a
-little behind or below the light, so as to lighten the whole side. For
-fixed objects, such as buildings, a timetable of the best hours for
-each part should be drawn up and followed.
-
-Beside direct lighting, subsidiary lighting is very useful. Any dark
-shadows should be lighted with reflectors of white paper or card, or
-actual mirror. Or during an exposure of several seconds, or more, a
-transient mirror reflection can be played about the shadow, so as not
-to show an edge to the light. When looking at the image on the ground
-glass each part should be searched to see if any detail is lost by
-shadow, or if an outline is lost against an equally dark background;
-if so, some difference of lighting must be made. Various slips of card
-may be fixed around the object, so as to cast shadows which will make
-some part of a brightness differing from its background, and other
-slips to cast lights on any dead part. For photographing an ebony
-statuette (Fig. 44) I searched in the camera for each dead uniform
-surface, and then fixed a slip of card so as to break the deadness with
-a reflection; half a dozen such slips, at a foot or two distance, left
-the figure without a single curve not brought out and intelligible.
-
-[Illustration: LIGHTING BY REFLECTION.
-
-Fig. 44. Ebony negress. XVIII Dyn.]
-
-[Illustration: LIGHTING BY REFLECTION.
-
-Fig. 45. Tomb of Sem-nefer. Gizeh.]
-
-Reflectors are also very useful for lighting dark subjects. Three or
-four sheets of tin plate should have the edges turned up to stiffen
-them, and be of slightly different sizes so as to nest together for
-carrying. One planted in the sunshine outside a tomb will send a beam
-in, which may be reflected again by another. With three successive
-reflections, round two right angles, I have lighted an entirely dark
-chamber (Fig. 45) enough to photograph with five minutes exposure and
-full aperture. The successive reflections so neutralise each other’s
-variations that a very uniform lighting results.
-
-If a flat surface with different colour is the object, then a light
-exactly from behind the camera is best, so as to avoid any shadows. A
-faint ink-writing on rough pottery will appear with a back light when
-it seems quite hopeless in a side light. For papyri two equal electric
-arc lights are placed, one on each side of the camera, so that there
-can be no shadows and no reflections.
-
-[Sidenote: Arrangement of objects.]
-
-Backgrounds should be considered. For most objects there is nothing so
-good as black velvet, as a long exposure can be taken so as to bring
-out the shadows on the object, without any glare from the background.
-The ground should extend far beyond the object, as any bright surface
-near the object may make internal reflections in the camera. In short,
-no bright surface should be visible within 60° of the axis of the
-lens. For dark objects of which the outline alone is important a light
-ground might be used; though even here probably a black ground and long
-exposure would be better. A glass background with light or dark surface
-some distance behind it is used sometimes, so as to avoid all shadows
-from objects. But in many cases a shadow is positively useful, and adds
-to the intelligibility of the view.
-
-The direction of the camera is too often horizontal. For portable
-objects a vertical position is generally better, and for groups it is
-essential (Fig. 46). The background on which the objects are laid can
-be tilted so as to get oblique light from sun or window, and the camera
-tilted equally from the vertical by shifting the legs. Scraps of wax
-can be stuck on below objects, so as to keep them in any exact position
-required for lighting or viewing, or scraps of charcoal used as wedges
-which do not show on the black backing. There is no need to trouble
-about depth of focus, as the insertion of a small stop, as _f_/100, is
-enough to bring up every part sharp. I have taken a bracelet (Fig. 47)
-with the sides at 7 and 9 inches from the lens both in perfectly sharp
-focus. In fact, a subject may be contracted into the plate by putting
-it out of focus, and then focussed by the stop. For all cases of
-large-scale photographs or enlargements it is best to focus by shifting
-the distance from object to lens, and not from lens to plate.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-Fig. 46. Foundation deposit, laid out horizontally.]
-
-[Illustration:
-
-Fig. 47. Bracelet of King Zer, 7 and 9 ins. from lens.]
-
-In setting up the camera everything should be done as far as possible
-before looking into it,--the distance measured for the scale required,
-the camera set square with the plane of the object in both directions,
-and set so as to have the object upright on the plate. All of this can
-be far better dealt with from outside. The actual focussing and slight
-adjustments can then be done when viewing the ground glass. For skew
-positions it is best to hold the camera in the hand where it ought
-to be, keeping the legs turned up from the ground; and then drop the
-legs one after another, so as to touch the ground or some object;
-thus the camera will be left standing in the required position. The
-stand should not have the legs packed by folding sideways; but they
-should be capable of being shortened to the single length while fixed
-to the camera, as it is often needful to support it only a foot from
-the ground. A stand should be so made as to give the greatest range
-of height. A common fault of beginners is not covering the plate, but
-letting the image be smaller than necessary. Unless working to some
-uniform scale, an object should be shown as large as the plate allows;
-always remembering that a lantern slide will seldom take more than 3
-inches diameter, and hardly a full 3 inches square. It is convenient
-to fill a ¼ plate with a group, of which the least important objects
-are at the sides, and so can be omitted in a lantern-slide print. A
-most troublesome matter is taking a series of wall scenes so that they
-will fit exactly together at the edges. Probably it pays best to do
-them approximately in the field, and then enlarge in a copying camera
-on to a ruled ground, and so remove all irregularities of scale and
-of skewness. For working to a uniform scale it is best to fix it by
-keeping the focal length unchanged and measuring the distance of the
-camera from the object, and not to refer to the size on the glass.
-
-[Sidenote: Stereographs.]
-
-Stereographic views are most useful for confused masses of objects,
-such as a field of ruins. And if there are no moving parts there is
-no need to take them simultaneously. By shifting the camera to one
-side, and taking a second plate, a perfect stereograph is obtained;
-and whereever the chance is not to be repeated, and two plates are
-taken to ensure success, a shift should be made so that both may be
-used together. The amount of shift varies with the distance; for near
-objects the distance between the eyes, 2½ or 3 inches, may suffice; for
-a general view a foot or 2 feet is better, so as to give more solidity
-than is naturally seen. Small objects must not be shifted by rotating
-the object if there are sharp shadows, as such are falsified by the
-turning; otherwise a slight twist of the object does for the second
-view.
-
-[Sidenote: Developing.]
-
-It is undesirable to leave developing till long afterwards. In general
-all negatives should be developed the evening after they are exposed;
-thus the future exposures can be regulated, any defective plates can
-be repeated, and deterioration and risks due to keeping are avoided.
-In the variety of developers the old pyrogallic acid remains still
-one of the most reliable. The fanciful instructions about proportions
-are exploded at once by a glance at the table compiled by Captain
-Abney. By adopting the mean proportions of all the makers, which is 1
-soda carbonate, 1 soda sulphite, and 20 water, as a stock solution,
-and adding about 3 grains per ¼ plate of pyrogallic when using, very
-uniformly good results are obtained with short exposures. Of course
-long exposures require bromide; but that is very seldom needful. Extra
-local developing by tilting the dish, or painting with a brush, is
-useful in case of shadows. Tabloid developers are best avoided, as
-they cause delay in dissolving; and made-up solutions are cumbrous
-and expensive. The quantities needed can always be put out by guess,
-taking ¼ of an 8-ounce bottle at a time of soda salts, and weighing
-pyrogallic for once to know the look of it. For hyposulphite of soda
-fill the bottle ⅓ full of crystals, and fill up with water. If a less
-strong and more graded picture is needed then glycin seems preferable
-to pyrogallic acid.
-
-No dark room is needed; developing can always be done in the evening.
-A red paper envelope split at the bottom and put round the chimney of
-an ordinary lamp, will best screen the light. The diffused light of
-a room will not hurt slow plates in developing, and a sheet of brown
-paper over each tray makes all safe. A first soak in weak pyrogallic
-solution, to flatten the films, is best before developing. For washing
-where water may be scarce it suffices to have a row of six soup plates
-of water, and to pass each film through each plate for five minutes,
-so completing the washing of each in half an hour. A zinc box with 6
-or 8 divisions, shifting the negatives forward through each division,
-will also work well. For drying it is best to have a row of pins along
-the edge of a shelf, and then to punch out a small hole in a corner
-of the film and hang it up, with the gelatine face under the shelf to
-keep dust from it. A dusty evening in Egypt will leave each film like
-a piece of sandpaper; and in case of this the films can be afterwards
-rapidly washed under a stream of water, wiping with a lump of
-cotton-wool. This will be enough without resoaking the film. Owing to
-the dryness of the air in Egypt films generally curl up in drying, and
-if forcibly flattened they are liable to strip. They are best packed
-in lots of about 50, coiled up together as a cylinder, and wrapped in
-a turn of paper. When in England they can be flattened out by being
-left near an open window in damp weather, or dipped in water and left
-to dry. For quick drying, films may with care be stood inside a fender
-before a fire, and finished over a lamp chimney. I have thus dried them
-in about twenty minutes.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII
-
-PRESERVATION OF OBJECTS
-
-
-The preservation of the objects that are found is a necessary duty
-of the finder. To disclose things only to destroy them, when a more
-skilful or patient worker might have added them to the world’s
-treasures, is a hideous fault. And the excavator must be ready for all
-emergencies, for all classes of objects in all stages of decay, and
-deal with each without delays, and often with scanty and unsuitable
-means at hand for their treatment. Some familiarity with chemistry and
-physics and properties of materials, is one of the first requisites for
-an excavator. All this applies in a lesser degree to the difficulties
-of transport, which is also part of the preservation of the antiquities.
-
-As conditions so infinitely vary it is useless to lay down any fixed
-rules for treatment. Such rules would hinder the use of common sense,
-which is essential to success. But examples of how different materials
-are affected, and how difficulties have been met, will lead to the
-excavator thinking out a fit treatment for each case as it arises. In
-all this we are stating field practice only, and not dealing with
-museum methods, which differ by having far more command of resources,
-and by not having to deal with any of the troublesome cases which do
-not survive to reach a museum.
-
-[Sidenote: Stone.]
-
-The great enemy of stonework is salt. In Egypt this permeates the
-soil so that nothing is free from it; and any object near the surface
-has much salt accumulated in it by evaporation. The effect of salt is
-to disintegrate the stone, and make it flake or fall away in powder.
-If there is the faintest taste of salt on a stone slab it should be
-laid to dry, face down, on the ground; for I have seen a fine block
-of sculpture entirely destroyed by being left for a single day face
-upward. When the stone is once dry it is safe in Egypt, but in a
-damp country it may begin a course of slow destruction by continual
-recrystallization of salt. Sculptures have been entirely wrecked by
-being cemented into the wall of a museum; the wet of the cement brought
-all the salt to the face and ruined it. The only treatment for salt in
-stone or any other material is long soaking in water. If a canal is at
-hand, stones may be sunk in it for some weeks, face down. Or barrels
-or zinc trays may be used, and the water changed every two or three
-days, for five or six times. After such soaking the stone must be left
-to dry face down, so that all the remaining salt will come out on the
-back. Where there is not much salt it would be best to lay the stone
-back upwards to dry, brush off any salt which comes out, and then wet
-the ground below, so that more water may be drawn up to evaporate on
-the back. If this was continued until no salt appeared the stone would
-be cleaned, and the face could not be injured. Sometimes a face is
-already flaking, and then the stone must be kept quite flat in soaking
-and drying, so that each flake will be left in place, and can be stuck
-down afterwards. Granite is often entirely disintegrated into separate
-crystals, if it has lain near the surface. It is then even impossible
-to turn the block over to copy it, as there is no cohesion left in the
-mass. The only salvation possible for such a block would be to make a
-thick plaster or cement coat to the exposed parts, under cut, and turn
-the whole over with a board beneath it, and then saturate it hot with
-paraffin wax.
-
-The face of limestone is often in tender condition, and will not bear
-wet brushing to clean it. Dry picking and brushing is then the only
-resource. If long exposed to damp, limestone dissolves throughout
-the body of it, so that it becomes spongy, and like putty with the
-contained water. A large sarcophagus lid in this state at Denderah was
-brought up to the house, then covered with 3 or 4 inches of sand, and
-left to dry slowly for some weeks; otherwise it would have cracked to
-chips by contraction on the face. When quite dry it was very porous,
-but in safe state for copying and transport. I have seen a slab of
-limestone in perfect condition, reduced to a shapeless paste by a few
-minutes of sharp rain.
-
-The original stucco facing often remains on limestone, and also the
-colour. If the carving has been fine it is best to remove the stucco,
-which is generally much less detailed. But if the stucco is an
-improvement on the carving, and especially if there is colour, it must
-be preserved. This is best done by fixing it with thin tapioca water,
-just so thick that it will soak into the stone without leaving any
-glair when dry. This treatment also does for limestone with a rotten
-face.
-
-The same tapioca water may be used for fixing colours on stucco, as I
-did on the Tell el Amarna pavement (Fig. 48); and the thickness must be
-graduated to the porosity, so that it will just soak entirely into the
-material. Any film left on the face will peel away.
-
-[Illustration: FRESCOES, TELL EL AMARNA.
-
-Fig. 48. Plants and animals.]
-
-[Illustration: FRESCOES, TELL EL AMARNA.
-
-Fig. 49. The two princesses.]
-
-[Sidenote: Pottery.]
-
-Pottery has not much to fear except salt, and that should be soaked
-out as from stone. Glazed pottery with salt in it is more difficult
-to clear, as it takes so long to get any change in and out of it. But
-a persistent soaking will clear it in the course of some weeks; and,
-if necessary, partly drying it in intervals, will bring the salt out
-of the cracks, whence it can be dusted off. The commonest failing of
-glazes is decomposition. The green turn brown, by the decomposition
-of the iron from green silicate to brown oxide; and this may take
-place from the porous interior without breaking the external face. The
-blue glazes go white; and this can be partly remedied by warming and
-soaking with paraffin wax, which fills the fine cracks and displays the
-remaining colour again. Sometimes the outer coat of clear glaze over
-faience inlay is decomposed, without spoiling the faience below. In
-this case it is like a picture of which the varnish is gone brown,--it
-only needs cleaning. The decomposed glaze can be scraped off, or rubbed
-with fine emery paper, until the faience is clean, and then a coat
-of paraffin wax clears the colour and preserves it from decomposition.
-When glazed ware, especially of the earliest times, is first found, it
-is very tender and soft. It then needs the most careful handling, and
-must not be brushed or cleaned until it is quite dry and hardened.
-
-[Sidenote: Textiles.]
-
-Textiles are also often saturated with salt, especially the Coptic
-garments which are in graves near the surface. They may be safely
-soaked to remove the salt and the organic matter, and then dried by
-pressing in a towel and laying between sheets of paper. The most tender
-examples might perhaps be best treated by placing with half a dozen
-sheets of blotting-paper over and under, and keeping wet below while
-evaporating on the top; this would carry the salt out to the top of the
-blotting paper. In any long soaking of organic stuffs a little carbolic
-acid is desirable, to prevent souring and putrefaction of the material.
-In every case the threads of textiles are liable to crumble, and any
-great amount of washing will tend to reduce a good deal to powder.
-Ironing is always desirable to consolidate the stuff.
-
-[Sidenote: Wood.]
-
-Wood does not suffer so much from salt as from rot and white ants. Any
-salt may be soaked out; or, if the wood is tender and will not bear
-that, a very stiff jelly should be made, so that it will just melt at
-boiling: the wood dropped in when the jelly liquefies, and left in the
-jelly cold for a week or two. Then the salt will dialyse out into the
-jelly, without any free water softening the wood. On remelting the
-jelly the wood can be removed, and the salt will be left in the jelly.
-The gelatine will strengthen and improve the wood. This process can be
-used excellently for ivories or bones, which would be ruined by soaking
-in water. Whole skeletons can be set in stiff size, and taken out weeks
-after, freed from salt, as was done to those from Medum, now in the
-College of Surgeons.
-
-Rotted wood is very tender to handle; and from its continued
-contraction when exposed to the air it will fall to pieces. If nearly
-dry, but rotted, the best safeguard is to coat it with beeswax or
-paraffin wax; if it can be lifted threads can be slipped round it,
-and the whole dipped in hot wax until soaked. Or it may have a rapid
-coat of wax chilled upon it, which protects it and binds it together
-for travelling, and which can be soaked into it by piecemeal heating
-afterwards. If the wood will not bear lifting, it may be coated by
-dashing on superheated paraffin wax almost at boiling-point. This
-will soak deep into the wood like hot water, and consolidate it so
-that it can be moved quite safely. The same processes apply also to
-stuccoed wood, which needs such safeguards, as otherwise the stucco all
-falls off by the continued shrinkage of the wood. The great stuccoed
-sarcophagus at Hawara was preserved by heating the surface with a wire
-dish of charcoal burning about six inches above it, and flooding the
-surface with melted wax so soon as it was enough heated to absorb it.
-Perhaps superheated paraffin wax would have carried enough heat with it
-to soak in without the charcoal fire. For all heating of wax it is best
-to use a cast-iron saucepan, as soldered tins may give way before the
-wax boils. Another treatment, especially suited for large objects, is
-painting with several coats of wax dissolved in benzol.
-
-Wood which is very wet is more difficult to manage. It may be kept for
-long under water, like the wood from the Glastonbury lake village. And
-it may be consolidated with silicate solution, as has been well done
-in examples from Silchester. Or it may be removed from water and laid
-in glycerine with the top exposed; thus the water will evaporate and
-diffuse, and glycerine take its place.
-
-[Sidenote: Ivory.]
-
-Ivory is mainly liable to flaking, especially if in wet soil. When any
-ivory is seen not in a firm condition, the earth should be carefully
-worked round so as to find the limits of the ivory, be it a single
-piece or a collection together. Then the mass should be under-cut down
-to a firm stratum, and lifted out in a whole block of earth. This
-should be left to dry slowly; and after a week or two the earth should
-be gently brushed away with a camel-hair brush, aided by picking with
-a stout pin. As each piece of ivory is seen it should be carefully
-followed, and if quite dry it may probably be removed entire. If still
-liable to flake, it can then be soaked in melted paraffin wax. If the
-ivory is too rotted to be detached from the earth, then the whole
-mass would have to be baked to rather over blood heat, and saturated
-with paraffin wax. After that it could be safely dissected by careful
-picking. In case of finding large groups of ivories in the ground,
-too extensive to take out in a block to dry, probably it would do to
-isolate them, then lay a few inches of sand on the top, and light a
-fire over them: after slow burning for a few days the ground would be
-baked dry below, and could be saturated with wax before lifting the
-mass.
-
-It sometimes happens that ivories in wet soil get concreted crystalline
-carbonate of lime upon them, which is much harder than the ivory.
-This being crystalline is not saturated with wax when the ivory is so
-treated. Hence after waxing the ivory the surface should be cleaned
-with benzol or ether on cotton-wool, and then painted with nitric acid
-to dissolve the crystalline lime. Even strong nitric acid will only
-dull the surface of waxed ivory, and not remove any perceptible amount,
-while it dissolves the concretion rapidly. Probably the darkening of
-the ivory caused by soaking in wax can be mainly removed by heating
-fuller’s earth to over boiling-point, and then rapidly packing the
-ivory in the earth and pressing it: the heat would melt the wax on the
-surface, it will be absorbed by the earth, and the face of the ivory
-will be left dry of wax. The ivories from Nineveh were solidified with
-gelatine; but that would probably break up very tender ivories by the
-amount of water. In case however of much salt in ivory the best way to
-treat it is to drop it in stiff hot gelatine, cool it, and let it lie
-in the consolidated mass for a week or two, for the salt to dialyse
-out. Another way, if the mass is not much cut into hollows, is to lash
-the ivory closely with thread or fine twine, and then soak it in water
-to remove the salt; the twine prevents it falling to pieces, and it can
-be dipped in wax when dry, and the twine removed.
-
-[Sidenote: Papyri.]
-
-Papyri require most careful treatment at every stage. They are often
-found in a very fragile state, and if the roll has to be carried
-without special packing in wool it is best to wrap it in a damp
-handkerchief at once. For unrolling rolls, or flattening out crushed
-papyri, damping is needful. There is no need to steam them, as has
-been done in museums. By dipping a towel or handkerchief in water, and
-wringing it as dry as possible, there is enough moisture to penetrate
-to a papyrus closely wrapped in it. If there were many turns then
-carbolised water would be best, so as to avoid any decomposing during
-a long penetration of the damp. Usually a single night is enough for
-damping through half a dozen folds or turns, enough to render the
-papyrus quite pliable. It can then be unrolled, or uncreased with the
-fingers; and as each inch of it is laid flat it should be secured by
-turning down newspaper or blotting-paper over it and sliding a board or
-book over the flattened part. After leaving it between a dozen leaves
-of paper to absorb the moisture for some days under pressure it is dry
-and firm. Small pieces can well be carried in books, and larger sheets
-in piles of paper between boards. When the papyrus is too rotted to be
-damped, as the crossed layers of it would part, then it can only be cut
-to pieces with a sharp penknife at every fold and turn; and each piece
-fastened down on a sheet at once in place. This was the only possible
-way to open the great Ptolemaic revenue papyrus over 40 feet long; even
-a single turn of the roll needed to be cut into dozens of pieces.
-
-For fastening down papyrus it is fatal to gum or paste it on to a sheet
-of card, as the gradual contraction of the gum will break up the layers
-of the papyrus. The safest way of all for very rotted papyri is to rub
-a sheet of glass with beeswax, lay the papyrus on it, and press with
-a warm hand until it sticks to the wax; then cover with another sheet
-of glass. For ordinary firm papyri minute spots of paste, as small
-as possible, should be put at every inch or two round the edges, and
-farther apart in the middle; then a sheet of thin soft paper should
-be pressed on it, to serve as a backing. Thus there is no wide space
-pasted which can contract in future; and even if the papyrus has to
-be remounted the paper can be torn to pieces behind it. The sheet of
-mounting paper should be fixed under glass. But it is a mistake to
-attach card to glass round the edges, as it bags away by damp and
-warping, and leaves a large air space, which is very detrimental.
-It is best to place the mounting paper between two sheets of glass;
-or, for the sake of lightness and safety, the back may be of thin
-picture-back-board, well baked dry, and free from cracks and knots. For
-fastening the edges thin leather or linen may be glued around.
-
-Dealing with carbonised papyri is an art in itself. So far as field
-work goes the main work is to remove the earth entirely from the top
-of the papyrus, so as to leave no weight upon it: then under-cut, and
-take out the whole lump, with a block of earth under it. The papyri
-must then, in the house, be carefully separated, one document from
-another, by splitting apart and lifting with an ivory paper knife or
-blunt table knife, the lighter the better, so as to feel the way with
-it. Each separate roll should then be wrapped in soft paper (never
-cotton-wool) and packed a few together, in small tin boxes. Thus they
-will travel safely and without loss. The museum work is outside of our
-scope; but broadly the Neapolitan plan of holding the pieces in place
-with adhesive paper on the back is not so good as separate treatment of
-each piece, laying it down in position on a sheet of glass with small
-touches of paste, or perhaps pressing it on to waxed glass like the
-rotted papyri. Burnt papyri are read by the difference of reflection of
-the surface, and hence must be viewed with light from behind the eye,
-or light reflected by a mirror placed almost between the eye and the
-papyrus.
-
-[Sidenote: Bead-work.]
-
-Bead-work is often found in a state in which it cannot be moved owing
-to rotting of the threads. Elaborate decoration with the winged scarab,
-four genii, inscriptions, etc., is found on mummies of about the XXVth
-Dynasty. But, if the threads are decayed, the beads are merely lying in
-position, and will fall away if the mummy be tilted or shaken. In such
-a case I have opened the wooden coffin very gently, cutting out the
-pegs by which it was fastened. Having melted a pot of wax on a stove in
-the tomb, I then dashed spoonfuls of it over the beads; it needs to be
-thrown sharply, so as to splash out, or it runs off all in one line.
-The wax must be only just barely liquid, or it will penetrate to below
-the beads. When a sheet of wax is thus put over all the beads, the
-sheet may be lifted up, and the pattern is seen in a clean condition,
-reversed on the under side. The sheet can then be fixed with more wax
-into a tray of wood, so as to keep it safely. If any of the beads are
-not firm they can be heated and pressed farther into the wax. Strings
-of beads are seldom found with the thread strong enough to hold
-together. The earth should be loosened with a penknife, and blown away,
-so as to disclose as long a line as possible, then the order of the
-beads should be noted for restringing them, in the original pattern.
-The tracing out and noting of a string of beads in a grave may often
-occupy an hour or two hours, keeping the face close to the ground so as
-to blew the dust away exactly, without disturbing the beads.
-
-[Sidenote: Stucco.]
-
-Stucco on wood we have already noticed, under the preservation of wood.
-However firm the stucco may seem at first, the gradual contraction of
-the wood will make it fall away; but when once saturated with paraffin
-wax, this movement is stopped, and the stucco is held on to the basis.
-
-Stucco on mud bricks is a difficult material to preserve. Three
-instances may be given of dealing with it. Where the coat was a mere
-whitewash on mud plastering, as at Tell el Amarna (Fig. 49), I removed
-the bricks behind it by cutting them gently to pieces with a chisel;
-thus the coat of mud plaster was left standing up a foot or more in
-air, although it was entirely friable owing to white ants having eaten
-out the straw from it. Then placing a box lid covered with sheets of
-paper against the face, it was firmly grasped behind, and turned over
-with the lid to support it, face down. Lying on the box lid it was
-taken to the house; a frame of parallel bars of wood was made, each
-an inch wide and an inch apart; each bar was coated with mud-and-sand
-mortar, and then the frame was pressed gently on the back of the
-fresco, and puddled in with mortar between the bars. On then reversing
-the frame and box lid, the fresco was left resting on the frame,
-with a bedding which was perfectly true, and incapable of warping or
-contraction. To pack this a sheet of cotton wool was placed on the
-face, a thin board cut to size placed over this, and string lashed
-tightly round the face board and notches in the ends of the frame
-bars. In this state it travelled quite safely, although the material
-was so tender that a finger would push through it anywhere; this was
-illustrated by a museum attendant at Cairo, when ordered to carry one
-of the frames of fresco.
-
-Where the stucco is thicker, about 1/16 inch, but wholly shattered
-into minute chips, none over ¼ inch across, a different treatment was
-necessary, as at Medum. The mass of plaster and stucco was laid face
-down, the mud cut away behind it till about a square inch of shattered
-plaster was bared at the back; this was covered with a thin coat of
-fresh plaster (mixed in the palm of the hand); then another square
-inch was bared and coated, and so on, until the whole of the mud was
-removed and the old stucco all lay smeared with a thin coat of fresh
-plaster on the back. A large slate was then cut to size; a pudding of
-liquid plaster was poured on to the stucco and pressed out as thin as
-could be with the slate. When it was set, the old painted stucco was
-thus securely cemented on to the slate; light, tough, and portable, it
-travelled to America in perfect state.
-
-The third method is where the surfaces are curved. By cutting away the
-back as thin as is safe, and setting in a firm backing of cement, even
-this difficult subject may be dealt with, and removed safely.
-
-[Sidenote: Gold.]
-
-_Metals_ do not require much treatment in the field; but it is needful
-to understand the condition of them in order to know how they can
-be safely treated. Gold should be cleaned as little as possible, as
-the old red surface is the best appearance of it; a little brushing
-with camel-hair brush and plain water to remove the dust is generally
-enough. Where there is much silver in it, as in electrum, the surface
-is dark with chloride of silver; this may be removed with strong
-ammonia or cyanide of potassium. Gold-foil often requires straightening
-out into its former shape, but it must not be burnished in so doing, as
-that expands the form.
-
-[Sidenote: Silver.]
-
-Silver is one of the most troublesome metals, as it is so very readily
-attacked by chlorine and sulphur; and, moreover, it undergoes a
-colloidal rearrangement by which it breaks readily into irregular
-curved grains, and it is in this state as rotten as rotten brass. If
-deeply corroded nothing can well be done to it; the lumpy crust shows
-more of the original form than the metal would show if bared. When the
-corrosion is but slight it may be removed, either by solution in strong
-ammonia or cyanide of potassium, or by reduction. To bring the chloride
-into the state of porous metal, it is only needful to place it with
-zinc or iron in a solution of salt or weak vinegar or lemon juice, and
-in a few hours the whole of the chlorine has gone over to the fresh
-metal. The powdery silver left can be mainly brushed away in water, and
-a little picking with a bone point will loosen it entirely. Of course,
-the whole of the silver removed has come out of the body of the metal,
-which is left porous and tender, although the face may be unbroken. It
-will not bear, therefore, the same cleaning as new and strong metal. In
-the case of silver coins in fine condition, each coin should be reduced
-separately, and the whole of the old silver weighed with it before
-cleaning it away, so as to recover the original weight. Silver must
-never be put bare in a tin box, as the chlorine forms chloride of tin,
-which deliquesces, and then attacks the iron and stains the silver with
-brown rust. Often there is both chloride and lime on the surface, and
-alternations of ammonia and weak acid are required for cleaning.
-
-[Sidenote: Copper.]
-
-Copper objects are distinguished from bronze by retaining usually their
-pliability. This renders them much easier to clean, as they are seldom
-deeply corroded, and the red oxide upon them will generally flake off
-clean by blows, and leave the original face in perfect condition. A
-very light hammer should be used, and sharp scaling blows be given, so
-as to flake off even half-an-inch breadth of scale at once, without
-ever touching the old face. In hollows which cannot so easily be
-struck, an iron nail may be used as a punch, and struck so as to crush
-the red oxide little by little. A copper object which scales freely is
-a treat to clean, as the old face can be entirely bared, and appears of
-a beautiful red-brown colour with all the detail quite perfect. Very
-thin copper may, however, have entirely passed into green carbonate,
-if buried in a damp soil; and in this case nothing can be done except
-washing off the earth and dirt.
-
-[Sidenote: Bronze.]
-
-Bronze and brass need much more care than copper, as they contain a
-mixture of alloys of very different oxidability; hence much of the
-material all through the mass will have moved up to the surface and
-been corroded there, while the form and size of the original may at
-present contain only half the metal in a very porous and brittle
-condition. In some cases bronzes may be scaled by blows like copper,
-and they then appear in their best condition. But more often they are
-too brittle, or the corrosion adheres too tightly, for it to be thus
-removed. For cleaning off small quantities of green carbonate, vinegar
-left to stand for some days does well. But the proper solvent of both
-carbonate and oxide is dilute hydrochloric acid, about 1 to 10 or 20
-of water, as this will not attack the metal, but only the corroded
-parts. The objection to this solvent is that it leaves a thick mud of
-white oxy-chloride of copper, which is difficult to brush off, and
-which stains the skin green in handling. The treatment is to brush
-off as much as can be easily removed, and then pickle in hyposulphite
-of soda, which dissolves the white coat; if used hot and strong this
-will clean the metal to a bright metallic condition. After all these
-solutions, a long washing in many waters for two or three days is
-needed to remove all trace of salts which might afterwards make further
-corrosion. Minute traces of chlorides are specially dangerous, as
-they decompose with carbonic acid in the air, forming carbonate, and
-liberating the chlorine to attack more metal; thus a trace of chloride
-will eat through any amount of copper. The extent to which bronzes
-should be cleaned, should be ruled by the fullest display of original
-workmanship: so long as more detail can be shown more crust should be
-removed. But, if possible, some of the coat of red oxide should be left
-on plain parts as a guarantee of the age of the work. To bare bronzes
-entirely, and then oil and smoke them, is barbarous treatment, to be
-seen in some museums. If something is desired over the bare metal, the
-bronze may be left in a shallow pan of water, soaking for some weeks,
-by which it will gain a tinge of red oxide over it which is suitable
-and pleasing. Another mode of scaling is to heat the bronze over a fire
-or in melted lead, and then plunge in cold water, which loosens the
-scale from it. It often happens that a bronze has the original face
-broken up by corrosion, and then no cleaning is of any use, the mass
-of green carbonate shows more than any other surface would do. This
-last and worst state is indicated by cracks in the outer coat, due to
-further expansion of the inner body. A cracked bronze is best left
-alone.
-
-A frequent disease of bronzes is the formation of small granules of
-translucent bright green rust. This is attributed to an organic growth,
-which is infectious, and may spread through a collection. One of the
-worst instances I dipped in carbolic acid, and this absolutely stopped
-the attack, proving that it is not due to action of chlorine. But we
-must not take this as a certain proof of the organic nature of the
-mischief, in view of the inhibitory effect of anæsthetics, etc., in
-stopping electric and chemical action.
-
-[Sidenote: Lead.]
-
-Lead is usually coated with white carbonate, the outer face of which
-shows more than the metallic surface beneath. It should therefore be
-let alone; but if it shows signs of further changes, due to salts in it
-acting with damp, then soaking in several waters will probably make it
-safe. If carbonate continued to be formed, I should try saturating with
-paraffin wax.
-
-[Sidenote: Iron.]
-
-Iron can seldom be cleaned; but if it has only a little superficial
-rust, this may be removed by placing it in the strongest nitric acid,
-which dissolves the oxide but renders the iron passive. For ordinarily
-rusted iron all that can be done is to arrest further changes. A
-long soaking in water to remove all salts, and then baking dry and
-saturating with wax, is a safe treatment and always available.
-
-[Sidenote: Sorting.]
-
-Sorting and joining fragments is sometimes very essential. In the
-royal tombs of the Ist Dynasty we collected thousands of pieces of
-stone bowls and vases. Only a very small number out of such cartloads
-of fragments were of value as they lay; but so far as they could be
-reconstructed they gave an important series of forms. To extract any
-result it was needful to place together all the pieces that belonged to
-each separate vase; and the same work frequently had to be done on a
-lesser scale in dealing with groups of broken stone and pottery. Taking
-the whole of the fragments which can be supposed by their position to
-belong together, they are first sorted over for quality, making as many
-divisions as are quite safe to be distinguished one from the other, so
-that there shall be no chance of parts of one bowl being classed in
-two different divisions. All the pieces of one division, sometimes as
-many as 500 of one quality, are then to be laid out on tables,--the
-pieces of brim placed at the top of the tables, and classed according
-to form and curvature; the pieces of middle of the vase along the
-middle of the table, all carefully laid with the axis vertical; the
-pieces of base at the nearer edge of the table, classed according to
-diameter. Taking then the first piece of brim, it is held at each end
-of each other piece to which it can possibly belong; every possible
-fit is thus found. Each piece of brim is to be thus tried with all
-that follow it, those before it having been already tried with it.
-When all the possible junctions of brim have been made, then a row
-of joined brim pieces are to be laid on a board, and the angle which
-each broken edge makes with the vertical is to be looked for among all
-the broken sides of the middle pieces, looking for such slope at both
-upper and lower sides if the tops are not distinguishable from the
-bottoms of the pieces. Thus, say the first broken edge of brim slopes
-at [Illustration] 20°, every piece broken at 20° [Illustration] or
-[Illustration] must be compared to see if it will fit. At least twenty
-different directions of fracture can be mentally distinguished, and
-the slight curve and irregularities increase this to at least fifty
-varieties, so that each piece of brim only needs actual touching with
-about 2 per cent of the pieces of middle. When every possible fit
-of brim to middle pieces is made, then the bases can be similarly
-compared, having first fitted them by sorting the curvatures. A
-load of 500 pieces will take several hours of this sorting, at the
-end of which every possible fit will have been made. Not more than
-half-an-hour or one hour at a time can be usefully given to such
-sorting, as the eye and attention become too much fatigued to observe
-the fits. When finished, all the fragments belonging to one bowl are
-to be wrapped together, and a number given to the parcel; and the
-odd pieces can be thrown away unless worth having singly. The method
-for drawing the completed forms has been described in the chapter on
-drawing.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IX
-
-PACKING
-
-
-[Sidenote: Blocks.]
-
-Before packing carved blocks it is generally best to saw off the backs,
-so as to lighten the quantity. A face should always be sawn from each
-end up to the middle, leaving it about twice as thick in the middle
-as at the ends, so as to bear the strain of travelling. If a block is
-so wide on the face that it is liable to be broken in transit, the
-best course is to saw it in pieces, cutting from the back through to
-½ or 1 inch from the face, and then snapping it, so that the face
-can be rejoined perfectly. Limestone is sawn with a large rip saw or
-stonemason’s saw, using a hammer and chisel if any flinty portions are
-met with, and also using some hammer dressing. Soft Silsileh sandstone
-may be cut with pieces of tin plate, such as petroleum tins or biscuit
-tins; or else with a thin strip of wood set with wire nails to serve as
-teeth of a saw. The harder stones must be moved as found, for the cost
-of reducing the weight would be more than that of carrying it.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 50.--Box for flat slab of stone, lid of diagonal
-bars.]
-
-[Sidenote: Long objects.]
-
-In all questions of packing long objects, it must be remembered that
-the best points of support for equality of strains are at 21 per
-cent (say ⅕) from each end. Any long stone must therefore be held in
-its case by cross bars or thicker pads or hay at ⅕ from each end. It
-is impossible to reckon on a case being so rigid, and so perfectly
-fitting, that it will give uniform support all along, with a much
-smaller elasticity than that of the stone. The utmost any case can
-do for stone is to deaden blows and shocks, and to hold the stone so
-that it is equally likely to break in the middle or at the supports;
-and this is gained by the grip at ⅕ from each end. A good packing for
-small slabs that are not liable to break, is a shallow box (Fig. 50),
-with the stone face down on dried fodder or straw, and two cross bars
-parallel and diagonal on the top, to hold the stone in. Such a box is
-easily lifted by the bars, saves all Customs examination, and will not
-tempt thieves. In all instances remember that it is useless to put
-general softening round stones in a box. The best points to take the
-pressure should be considered, and then thick pads nailed on the box
-to catch those best points of contact.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 51.--Tray for carrying heavy blocks of stone,
-lashed on by ropes through the holes.]
-
-[Sidenote: Heavy stones.]
-
-The largest stones cannot usefully have any case; as a case which would
-not be cracked up by the weight in moving, would be so thick and heavy
-that it would make the stone far less moveable. If the stone is strong
-it only needs three or four thicknesses of old clothes and sacking
-tightly roped on, in order to travel safely. If it has a tender face,
-a skin of board may be put over that with some cotton-wool padding
-under the sacking cover. It is best for blocks of 1 to 4 cwt. to make
-a tray (Fig. 51) with poles projecting a foot at each corner to serve
-as handles, and then lash the block firmly on the tray. This encourages
-porters to lift it rather than throw it over. Such things as granite
-columns or colossi need no cover, but only softening of wood or pads,
-put under bearing points during moving. On shipboard they travel best
-laid at the bottom of a cargo of beans in bulk or bales of cotton,
-which wedge them tight.
-
-[Sidenote: Pottery.]
-
-Pottery is the most troublesome stuff to pack. The difficulty lies
-in keeping the packing material at the right places, and preventing
-it lumping together and so letting the contacts become bare. All
-the larger hollows must be filled with small pottery, or very light
-boxes, or empty tins, so that the packing cannot shift together. For
-large jars it is best to roll up straw in cloth to form cushions 1 to
-2 inches thick, and nail these on the box at the points of contact;
-always observing if the jar can get loose by skewing into the diagonal.
-It is often needful to tie cotton stuff over the mouths of jars to
-prevent the packing working loose into the jar. For flat open forms,
-such as dishes and wide bowls, a stack should be made with the flattest
-below, so that each dish rests solely on its centre, and all the edges
-are free. A very little softening between them, and a firm block (such
-as a round tin pot) in the top one to take the pressure, will make them
-all travel with a solid contact right through the centres, so that each
-brim only carries its own weight. Even thin glass dishes can be packed
-safely in stacks in this way.
-
-Glazed pottery is sometimes very fragile and full of cracks. To save it
-from falling apart it should be wound with string crossing diagonally
-in every direction, as tightly as it can be pulled. This firmly binds
-the jar so that it cannot fall apart. A couple of inches of tightly
-rammed softening all round it, will make it then travel quite safely.
-
-[Sidenote: Softening.]
-
-The material for packing, or _softening_, varies with the country and
-the season. In England there is nothing so good as the fine shavings
-known as “wood-wool.” In Egypt the best stuff is _helbeh_, a dried
-green crop which is very clinging, and holds in any position in which
-it is thrust. _Tibn_, or chopped straw, is also useful for ramming
-tight in small spaces. Firm cushions on fixed bearing points are
-made by rolling up straw in old cloth, and nailing the edges on the
-box, so that the pressure can never reach the nails. Rough country
-cotton can be had, but it is dear; and two or three pounds of prepared
-cotton wool in sheets should be taken for packing delicate things.
-Plenty of whitey-brown kitchen paper should be taken for wrapping;
-and some cartridge paper or brown paper for parcels. Stocks of nested
-parcel-post boxes are very useful; but sliding lids fall out loose by
-contraction, and glued joints crack to pieces. The domestic stock of
-biscuit boxes and food tins of course all come in for varied use.
-
-[Sidenote: Cases.]
-
-The making of cases is little understood, and least by professional
-case-makers. Cases are often supplied in London with the grain entirely
-running round them, and nothing to prevent their splitting around and
-dropping in two parts. The most perfect construction is that with the
-grain running in all three directions (Fig. 52), but such boxes have
-the disadvantage that the lid cannot be entirely removed. The most
-practical form is with internal corner-posts, and the sides nailed
-to these with all the grain running around. First the end boards are
-nailed on to the corner strips, and then the side boards nailed on. All
-the nails should be driven diagonally (Fig. 53), alternately one way
-and the other, so that no board can be drawn off without splitting the
-wood. And the end nails should always be close to the edge, and rake
-deep down into the comer strip, to avoid splitting the end; thus the
-edge of the board cannot part off with all the lid or bottom nailed to
-it. For as the whole weight comes on the last inch of the sides on to
-which the bottom is nailed, unless that is well held on it often parts
-from the rest of the side. The lid is of course nailed on with upright
-nails so as to draw off; and a large number of short nails, projecting
-only ¾ inch, is the best for this, as if large nails are used the lid
-splits during opening and leaves the nail in the side.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 52.--Box without cross bars, the grain running in
-all three dimensions.]
-
-If a case is long, it is best to have some other upright strips down
-the sides. Partitions bearing against these strips are good to keep
-weight from riding down when the box is dropped on one end. If objects
-vary much in density it is convenient to pack a heavy compartment in
-the middle and a light one at each end of a case. Any bars or boards
-used to hold down heavy pieces from shifting should not be nailed
-through the sides, as damage is often done by the violence needed to
-loosen them in unpacking. Such bars should be held in place by side
-strips, or other solid articles in the packing. Tin pots are very
-convenient to protect small and delicate things, and to hold heavy
-objects from shifting about.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 53.--End of a box in course of making, to show the
-diagonal driving of the nails.]
-
-[Sidenote: Unpacking.]
-
-The packer must always remember that the unpacker will not know the
-contents of a case, nor any precautions that are needful. The best
-arrangements, which may seem infallible, may be entirely upset by the
-unpacker opening the case at the bottom; hence no papers of directions
-in a case should be relied upon. Also the unpacking is generally left
-in museums to be done by rough labourers, who may entirely overlook
-needful precautions or even throw away most valuable things in the
-boxes. It is dangerous, therefore, to pack small objects in straw;
-nothing under 100 cubic inches should be put separately in the packing,
-anything less being put together in paper parcels. It must always be
-remembered that a careless unpacker may unwrap everything, and throw
-away the papers; hence no labelling or directions should be solely put
-on the wrappers. Even labels with objects are not safe; as in several
-museums the labels have been thrown away, or else stacked in a pile
-together. Labels should have printed on the back in big red letters,
-“To be kept with the object.” Marking upon each object is necessary,
-whenever possible. The best way to learn the difficulties and fallacies
-of packing is to carefully study the causes of any disasters found in
-the unpacking.
-
-[Illustration: TRANSPORT IN EGYPT.
-
-Fig. 54. Two Nile boats; laden with straw.]
-
-[Illustration: TRANSPORT IN EGYPT.
-
-Fig. 55. Camels starting at dawn. The return at noonday.]
-
-
-APPENDIX
-
-LIST OF TOOLS, ETC., TO BE PROVIDED FOR WORK
-
-_For Excavating._--Crowbars, ropes,[2] large hammers, cold-chisels,
-stone-saw, saw-files, sieves (fine wire), native sieves.[2]
-
-_For Cleaning Objects, etc._--Dusting-brush, nail-brush, tooth-brushes,
-paraffin wax.
-
-_For Packing._--Paper bags, jewellers’ tag labels, reams of kitchen
-paper, nests of boxes, brush to mark boxes, hammers, saws, chisels,
-brace and bits, pincers, stout pliers, files, awls, spokeshave,
-screw-drivers, screws, wire nails,[2] square, hone-stone.
-
-_For House._--Locks, hinges, bell.
-
-_For Copying and Planning._--Cartridge paper, thin journal paper,[2]
-rag paper for squeezes, spoke brush, paint brushes for outlines,
-colours for colour copying, drawing boards (several cheap ones, various
-sizes), tapes, 2-metre rods for gauging work and planning, prismatic
-compass, box sextant, vertical mirror level.
-
- [2] These can be obtained in any Egyptian town.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER X
-
-PUBLICATION
-
-
-[Sidenote: Arrangement.]
-
-The final shape of the publication of the record has to be borne in
-mind in all the progress of it. The arrangement of the plates must
-precede the writing of the details of the work. In past generations the
-ideal was to define in words the conclusions and speculations of an
-author, and, where unavoidably necessary, to illustrate them by some
-costly engravings. How inefficient such publication may be, is seen at
-once in Greenwell’s _British Barrows_, a work full of important detail,
-which has to be painfully understood from hundreds of pages of text,
-where plans--and little else--are needed. Indeed the only means of
-using the information is to reconstruct plans from the intricate text.
-As form can now be almost as cheaply expressed as words, the ideal is
-widely changed. The reader is to be put first of all in possession of
-all the facts and materials, and the author’s conclusions are only a
-co-ordination, presented to enable the reader to grasp the material,
-and to feel clearly the effect of it on his sum of ideas, or organised
-sense of the nature of things. Hence nowadays the main structure of a
-book on any descriptive science is its plates, and the text is to show
-the meaning and relation of the facts already expressed by form. The
-plates, therefore, are the first thing to prepare; and when they are
-complete it is time to put in words the conclusions which have been
-reached.
-
-[Sidenote: Plates.]
-
-The orderly arrangement of the material in plates is the first duty.
-The drawings are each to be made with the final scale in view, so that
-the lines may be of proper thickness, neither faint nor coarse. The
-material must be classified according to its nature,--views, plans,
-inscriptions, sculpture, small objects, pottery, etc. In each class,
-the historical order must be followed, objects that are to be compared
-placed together, and the material arranged in an orderly shape, so
-that it gives a clear impression, and can be easily found again from
-memory. The details of the squareness and alignment of the various
-drawings on a plate are much more serious than might be supposed;
-needless irregularity confuses and disappoints the eye and starves
-the memory, distinctly detracting from the use and value of the work.
-Obviously every object on a plate must have a number for reference;
-and in a long series it is best for the numbers to run through several
-plates; so that “sealing 157” or “mark 642” is a complete reference
-and definition. A uniform scale should be used throughout a plate, or
-a series of the same class, and it should be stated in the heading of
-the plate. Every plate should have stated in its heading the source,
-nature, age, and scale of the objects; for these render reference far
-easier, and also give a value to loose plates apart from the volume.
-The use of double-page plates is often desirable, in order to show the
-whole of a large class at one view; the only drawback to them is that
-objects are more difficult to find in turning over the leaves. At every
-point it must be remembered that nearly all foreign students, and most
-English ones, will know the plates but not the text; that the plates
-will be the material practically used for comparison, and building up
-a view of the subject; and therefore that they should be as far as
-possible self-contained and self-explanatory, with full lettering upon
-them, and should comprise the main results of the work in diagram.
-To help reference to the text, the list of plates should have the
-page references to each plate stated, to show where it is described
-and dealt with in the text. The facility of using, remembering, and
-referring to the plates should be the first consideration. It is even
-well to remember to make the right-hand edge, or outer edge, of each
-plate the strongest part, with the most striking objects and best
-arrangement, and let the other edge be a residual, as this ensures the
-best eye-grasp in turning over the leaves.
-
-The amount of plates must depend upon the subject; but it is none too
-much if the area of plates is double that of the text, or twice as
-many plates as there are pages. Folding-out plates should be avoided
-where possible; a double page on a deep guard, so as to lie flat when
-the book is opened, is the largest that should be ordinarily used. The
-most absurdly inconvenient shape is to have wide margins to a plate,
-and a fold at side and another at base, to make it fit the book. It
-is best to remedy such folly by taking the plates out, cutting them
-to book size if margins allow, and resetting without folds. The wild
-freaks of recent books in Egyptology are incomprehensible. We see
-some with plates which might be bound with text, yet printed with
-gigantic margins and issued in an entirely different size, so that
-they cannot be bound, or even stand on the same shelf with the text;
-some plates put on guards of tissue paper, so that they tear out of
-the book in turning over; one serial in parts with the plates starting
-fresh numbers with every separate paper, thus one part has half a
-dozen “Plate 1” in it, making printed references to the work quite
-impossible; other publications with the plates all renumbered and
-rearranged after printing, and double references throughout; others
-with scattered numbers of the plates issued, and intermediate numbers
-to appear later, after many years or never; some with plates without
-any numbers to the objects, and stray references in the text showing
-that they are usually counted by the author from the base upward, and
-from right to left. Every absurdity which want of design, forethought,
-and common sense could perpetrate, seems to be found in these
-monumental works.
-
-[Sidenote: Processes.]
-
-The processes used for plates vary greatly in cost and quality. The
-cheapest is photolithography from line drawings; but only black and
-white can be given thus, without any half-tones, and the illustrations
-must be all together on a plate, and cannot be placed in the text. Yet
-as it can be done at less than 2d. a square inch for 250, or 6d. for
-2000, it enables a much larger quantity of illustration to be given
-than would be possible otherwise. Relief process from line drawings
-costs 4d. a square inch for the blocks alone, without printing on
-paper; but as it can be placed with the text and printed together, it
-has a great advantage, especially for small subjects.
-
-Collotype is next in cost, being 6d. a square inch for 250, or 2s. for
-2000, but less than this cost in Germany. It has the same disadvantage
-in being restricted to whole plates, and not mixable with text, but
-it gives the half-tones well from photographs, and in fine examples
-is almost as good as a silver print. The finest I have seen were from
-Berlin. It is best to supply glass positives to the collotyper, and
-leave him to make such negatives as may suit him. If negatives are sent
-they are often destroyed. Net process gives half-tones, though with too
-coarse a grain for very delicate details. The cost is about double that
-of relief blocks, but as it reproduces photographs which can be mixed
-with the text it has an enormous use now, from cheap newspapers up to
-art publications. A disadvantage is that it requires a highly glazed
-paper to print upon, such as is unpleasant to read, heavy to hold, and
-liable to decay. Its duration therefore is distinctly ephemeral.
-
-For special subjects the more costly processes are requisite.
-Chromo-lithography may be expected to cost about half as much again
-as photolithography for each colour used. As seldom less than four
-colours are efficient it costs at least six times as much as the line
-plates; thus the cheapest colour plate begins at the cost of the best
-net process; and it may easily come to three or four times that
-amount. But probably the three-colour photography will soon abolish
-chromo-lithography, and work much cheaper, perhaps at three or four
-times the price of collotype.
-
-The autotype, platinotype, heliogravure, Swan electric engraving, and
-other processes all have their place for special subjects, but seldom
-come into the general run of archaeological illustration.
-
-[Sidenote: Editions.]
-
-A very successful policy for costly works of research is to issue a
-magnificent edition for libraries, book-collectors, and rich amateurs;
-and then to have a much larger edition, deficient in a few of the most
-costly and least necessary plates, sold at a cheap rate for students
-and the general public. Thus one great work of coloured folio plates
-costs £20 or 3s. a plate for the complete edition; whereas with a
-few plates deficient it is only £6 or 1s. a plate. Thus the cost of
-production is borne by those who demand magnificence, and the results
-are yet within reach of students.
-
-Another useful arrangement is to issue a public edition for general
-reading, and an appendix of extra plates for students, which would
-overweight a general edition. Thus a 2000 edition of the popular half
-of the plates may cost £400, and a 250 edition of the students’ half
-of the plates may cost £100, so saving £300, which would be uselessly
-spent on 1750 copies that are not wanted, and which would only be a
-dead-weight to the main work.
-
-[Sidenote: Text.]
-
-In arrangement of the text the main necessity is ready reference, and
-a form which can be remembered. The way to this is by classifying the
-material, dividing into chapters and paragraphs, each with a title,
-and above all making a good index, which ought to be about a tenth of
-the length of the work. A list of plates should have page references
-for each plate. Remember that all smaller type, footnotes, and tables
-are far more expensive than straightforward printing.
-
-The general nature of the record of results has been already dealt with
-under the recording; and the need of giving an organic handling of the
-whole has been pointed out.
-
-[Sidenote: Publishing.]
-
-As to publication, if any publisher will undertake to issue a work of
-research at his own risk, well and good. If the author gets a gradually
-increasing royalty after the first 100 copies, that is as much as can
-be expected from this class of literature. But in no case have any
-profit-sharing agreement. Usually such a work will have to be issued
-at the author’s risk, and a few of the pitfalls of such arrangements
-may be noted. Let the manuscript really be in final condition, down
-to every stop, before it goes to the printer; consider the details of
-headlines, paragraphing, insertion of illustrations, arrangements of
-any tables or lists, (counting the letters), and in short leave nothing
-undefined. Have an agreement with the printer for terms, including an
-average of, say, two author’s alterations in every page, none to alter
-the length of any page: this allows for inevitable small improvements,
-without leaving an entire uncertainty in the charges. Correct the
-proofs in red for the author’s alterations, in black for the printer’s
-errors. If alterations exceed the allowance, reckon on paying for
-the resetting of the worst pages, so as to bring the average to the
-allowance on the rest. Beside the contract for printing and binding,
-have a contract with the lithographer, another with the collotyper, and
-another with the bookseller, for his terms of commission on sales. Thus
-the author knows exactly where he is, and no unpleasantness can arise
-from unexpected charges.
-
-After publication, the binder and plate-printer should be asked for
-any blocks used; and to send up any “overs” or spoilt plates; as such
-are often valuable afterwards to cut up for special uses, and may save
-spoiling copies of the book. All photographs and drawings supplied to
-the plate- or block-maker should also be asked for if not returned at
-once.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XI
-
-SYSTEMATIC ARCHAEOLOGY
-
-
-[Sidenote: Systems of Work.]
-
-A science can hardly be said to exist until it has a developed system
-of work, and its possibilities of value for teaching purposes depend
-entirely on the organization of its methods. Geology was a chaos
-before the generalisation of the successive order of the strata, and
-the method of the determination of a stratum by its fossils, gave the
-subject a working system. Astronomy was a maze until the Newtonian
-laws produced methods of analysis. Chemistry could not be said to have
-any methods until the use of the balance and the theory of atomic
-combination made possible the last century of development. So far,
-archaeology cannot be said to have systematised any working methods
-except those of artistic comparison and of epigraphy, and these can
-only cover a small part of the space and time which need to be studied.
-
-Two general modes of work, however, have been begun, beside that of
-artistic comparison; and it only needs that they should be fully
-carried out in order to produce a thoroughly systematic archaeology.
-These methods are (1) the complete definition of facts by means of a
-_corpus_ of all known varieties of objects, in terms of which every
-object can be defined; and (2) the arrangement of material in its order
-of development by statistical methods and comparison, which bring out
-the original sequence of construction. These two methods of work may
-prove to be, for archaeology, what the balance and atomic theory have
-been for chemistry,--the necessary foundation for systematic knowledge
-and exact theory.
-
-[Sidenote: Need of a _corpus_.]
-
-The collection of known objects in a _corpus_ was well done by the
-early systematisers, especially Montfaucon; and though his work is
-nearly two centuries old, it has not yet been superseded by better
-productions in every department. Since that appeared, the mass of new
-material which has been collected, especially in the last fifty years,
-cannot be mastered by one man, if he is ever to find time for original
-work; and the whole subject is near coming to a standstill owing
-to the dead weight of preparations which are required before going
-further. Until a generation of systematisers shall arise, archaeology
-can scarcely progress without continual waste of material and loss by
-duplication of work. Moreover, there is no general reference work, and
-no notation efficient for recording new discoveries.
-
-What is now urgently needed is for some scholars to each take one
-branch of work, to collect all that is known, especially of dated
-material; and then to publish all type examples, showing how the
-subject varied from century to century, and to attach a system of
-letters and numbers to every variety, so that any specimen can be
-denoted merely by its _corpus_ number. This should be done at least for
-all implements of stone and of metal, all pottery, all stone and metal
-vases, all beads and personal ornaments, jewellery, clothing, domestic
-utensils, and all motives of design and ornamentation.
-
-With such a definite notation once laid down, it would be possible
-to record discoveries, and especially groups of objects, rapidly and
-in a small compass. It would also be possible to compile results of
-excavations and the contents of museums in simple indices. In order to
-work systematically in archaeology we ought to be able to look in an
-index and find at once where, and of what epoch, is every instance of
-a particular object: say, of a key, type M 27, or of a vase, type D
-64. Such indices should be continued by supplements issued every ten
-or twenty years. At present, if one would ascertain the parallels to a
-particular form, it is necessary to search through hundreds of volumes
-and to visit all the museums--a matter of months of work. Progress in
-archaeology, as an exact science, is practically impossible; it should
-be easy and rapid, were all the known material always to be found at
-once in a _corpus_ and indices.
-
-[Sidenote: Example of _corpus_.]
-
-Only one _corpus_ has yet been formed, and that is restricted to only
-one country, one period, and one material--the prehistoric pottery of
-Egypt (see _Nagada_ and _Diospolis Parva_). An outline of the system
-there followed will serve to show the actual working of a _corpus_,
-though for each different subject the details will need separate
-consideration. The whole of this pottery comprises about a thousand
-varieties. Each class of pottery is denoted by its initial letter;
-P for polished, B for black-topped, etc. Each form in a class is
-numbered, from 1 to 99, and each sub-variety is lettered. Thus R 63
-_c_ means rough pottery, type 63, variety _c_; and this completely
-defines the example. The numbers are not always continuous, but gaps
-in the series are left where there is much difference between the
-forms. In this manner it is possible to add new forms without upsetting
-the system, and new sub-varieties can be brought in by using small
-letters. The forms are best classified by beginning with the most open
-and flat dishes, and proceeding to the most closed forms, with narrow
-necks ending. The point of reaching verticality in the sides is a
-well-defined middle point.
-
-[Sidenote: Utility.]
-
-The practical utility of such a _corpus_ is found at once when
-excavating. Formerly it was needful to keep dozens of broken specimens,
-which were of no value except for the fact of being found along with
-other vases. Now the excavator merely needs to look over the _corpus_
-of plates, and writes down on the plan of the tomb, say, B 23, P 35
-_b_, C 15, F 72, thus the whole record is made, and not a single piece
-need be kept unless it is a good specimen. How essential such a record
-is for future progress we shall see below.
-
-The most obvious step now would be to corporate all the pottery of
-Italy. A _corpus_ from Pompeii would be the best starting-point,
-as being all of one period and well dated; then a _corpus_ of
-Constantinian forms, a _corpus_ of Republican forms, and a _corpus_ of
-each of the prehistoric periods. The early history of the Forum at
-Rome hangs now upon the safety of little groups of potsherds lying in
-a shed, yet unclassed and unstudied, and certain to be swept away some
-day by some one who does not value them. Instead of this we ought to
-have a _corpus_ for reference, and then the contents of each of the
-archaic wells could be at once denoted and published by the numbers of
-the types; the historic material would be safe, and could be studied
-at any future time irrespective of the conservation of the heaps of
-sherds. Carry this out in Greece, and, instead of piles of pottery
-lying in the fields or on the terraces of a classical site from the
-prehistoric town levels, each piece could be noted by its number, and
-all could be published to make the history of the site accessible.
-Without a _corpus_ such discoveries are but a pathetic destruction
-of material; with _corpus_ notation they would form the basis of a
-thorough history of the site and of all its changes.
-
-All that is needed to produce a _corpus_ from a collection is a month
-or two of work by a draughtsman, who has an accurate eye for form,
-working to a uniform scale, and systematising the material conveniently
-for future reference. Some subjects would require collecting from many
-sources, but generally all the pottery of one period can be found
-together in one museum.
-
-[Sidenote: Successive ages.]
-
-We now turn to the second method for archaeological research. This is
-the synthetical arrangement of the material in the original order. The
-most obvious arrangement is that by contemporary dating, as by years
-named in a chronicle or on coins, or by successive reigns of kings.
-But outside of this method there yet lies the greater part of human
-history, which can only be reconstructed by some internal evidence of
-successive periods.
-
-A couple of generations ago there were laid down the main divisions of
-successive ages of stone, bronze, and iron; and then the division of
-the stone age into palaeolithic and neolithic. After that followed the
-separation of palaeolithic into four main periods in France, more or
-less applicable to other lands. Further definition was yet found to be
-necessary, and the neolithic and bronze ages were marked off into many
-classes, which had to be distinguished by the names of places where
-they were first found; and thus we reach a multitude of names, such as
-Mycenaean, Hallstattian, the period of La Tène, etc. Such a piecemeal
-plan is well enough for a beginning; but it is not capable of exact
-definition, it is cumbersome, and it does not express the relation of
-one period to another.
-
-[Sidenote: Sequences.]
-
-Before we can think of subdividing a period into a continuous notation,
-the first requisite is to be able to place the material into its
-original order or sequence. Let us suppose some old country mansion,
-where it has been the habit to close permanently any room in which an
-owner had died, and leave everything in it undisturbed. If we went
-through such a series of rooms we could not doubt their order of date
-if we looked at their contents. The William IV room could not be put
-to the middle of George III’s reign; the George II room could not be
-supposed to go between those of James II and Anne. Each room full of
-furniture would have some links of style with that of the generation
-before, and of the generation after it, and no real doubt could exist
-as to the sequence of the whole series. What is true of a room full of
-furniture is equally true of a grave full of pottery. If we compare
-together a series of groups of pottery which are not separated by any
-long time, there will always be found some relationship between the
-forms in different groups: one group will be seen to fall between two
-others if it contains forms to be found in each of the other groups,
-though these others may have nothing in common together. A fragment of
-the alphabet, K L M N O P, must fall between H I J K L and O P Q R, and
-proves their connection.
-
-Thus if each form lasted in use for a uniform length of time the
-problem would be fairly simple. But it is complicated by the plainer
-forms lasting far longer in use than the complex or highly decorated
-forms; some may go on being made for a thousand years, others may not
-have been made for even ten years. Hence it is needful to resort to
-various statistical modes of sorting, which differ in each case. A
-complete instance of the process is given in _Diospolis Parva_, pp. 4–8.
-
-On the other hand, the sorting of material is greatly helped by any
-clear series of forms derived one from the other; especially a series
-of degradation, and reduction of useful elements to mere ornament. It
-is well, however, to have a check on one end of a series, by connecting
-it to known times, so as to prove which way it proceeds.
-
-[Sidenote: Sequence dates.]
-
-What notation should be used to express a series of sequences must
-vary with conditions. Where we can deal with a larger number--many
-hundreds--of good graves, each containing plenty of material, then a
-scale of equal numbers of graves is perhaps the fairest that can be
-taken. Thus for a scale of sequence dates, for the pottery named above,
-I adopted 50 numbers, each representing 20 graves.
-
-The final result is to express the time-range of each type of pottery
-and of other objects in the graves in terms of the scale of sequence
-of the tombs. Thus the date of certain forms may be stated as 33–42
-sequence date; 37–70 sequence date; 45–48 sequence date, etc. And when
-this is once established it is easy to date all further graves by
-arranging the dates of each object found in a grave, for instance in
-actual cases:--
-
- Sequence dates. Sequence dates.
- 30–36 35–68
- 32–68 60–69
- 30–42 68–78
- 31–34 68–78
- ----- -----
- Limits 32–34 68
-
-The larger the group the more closely it is dated, by reason of the
-various forms having a very small common ground of dating.
-
-This system enables us to deal with material which is entirely undated
-otherwise; and the larger the quantity of it the more accurate are the
-results. There is no reason now why prehistoric ages, from which there
-are groups of remains, should not be dealt with as surely and clearly
-as the historic ages with recorded dates.
-
-[Sidenote: Conservation.]
-
-Yet another all-important matter for the systematic archaeology of the
-future must be here mentioned, especially as it greatly affects the
-future schemes of field-work. The first requirement for systematic work
-of study is material sufficient to work on. And to provide this there
-must be both discovery and conservation. During the last century there
-has been a gradual growth of archaeological perception; and in place of
-only caring for beautiful and striking objects there has arisen some
-interest in whatever can throw light on the past civilisations. But
-unhappily the ideas of conservation have not kept pace with the work
-of discovery. The present system of museums is the most serious bar to
-the progress of archaeology. The building, which is the mere modern
-shell, of no interest, and often of no beauty, is the master of the
-collection, which is restrained and crippled by such conditions that
-its use is impaired and its growth is stopped. The past is vanishing
-before our modern changes yearly and daily. There is ever less and less
-to preserve. And everything possible must be garnered before it has
-entirely vanished. The present has its most serious duty to history in
-saving the past for the benefit of the future.
-
-[Sidenote: Buildings.]
-
-In a museum the collection is the essential; the building is the
-mere accident of the surroundings of the collection, and it should
-completely conform to all the requirements. Yet can it be believed
-that, even in the last year or two, enormous national museums--as at
-Cairo and Brussels--have been built without the smallest regard to the
-collection, or the opinions of the curators? The result at Cairo is the
-most deplorable sacrifice of the art and history of a great country to
-the follies and childish vanity of an incompetent and unsympathetic
-architect. We will not stay to detail the entire unsuitability of that
-building in style, form, size, and lighting; the constructive questions
-of what is needed for a proper museum are our subject.
-
-[Sidenote: Lighting.]
-
-After the common purpose of all buildings--security from man and
-nature--the first requirements in a museum are lighting and grouping.
-Whatever interferes with these is a detriment which should be avoided
-or removed. Lighting must be (1) direct, not from reflection by walls;
-(2) full, but not dazzling; (3) in exactly the right direction. Of
-all the precious statues of antiquity there is not one that has had
-a tenth of its value spent on the best lighting possible. Most are
-in hopelessly bad positions, as the Aphrodite of Melos in a weak,
-diffused, sidelight; and none have the simplest blinds to change the
-direction of the light, so as to study the surface in varying lighting.
-To know what a figure requires, only take a fine statuette in the
-hand, and try what can be made of it by the variation of direction,
-obliquity, and amount of lighting. Then see how hopeless it is to know
-a statue in one fixed lighting, even if that be suitable. The only
-person competent to arrange the lighting of objects, and especially
-statuary, is a successful photographer who has well practised the
-lighting of portable figures. An almost vertical light is essential
-for all human figures in the round or flat; but it needs most delicate
-adjustment to bring out the more important modelling, and many
-different directions of light to shew all that there is in the work.
-What is true of statuary is true in a lesser degree of every other
-object. No other qualities can possibly atone for defects of lighting
-in a museum. No building with a bad light can be called properly a
-museum; it may be an architect’s triumph, a civic ornament, a costly
-patchwork, a marvel of folly, but a museum it is not, if it is unfit
-for the first requirements of a collection.
-
-[Sidenote: Grouping.]
-
-The second great requirement, that of grouping, includes the
-intelligent display of objects so as to shew their relation to
-each other in development, their connection as found together, the
-preservation of the whole of the material that should be preserved, and
-its comparison by means of casts.
-
-The relation of objects in development requires free space in a museum,
-and the absence of any pinching consideration of how to utilise every
-square foot. Their connection as found together in tombs and groups
-also requires free space, more than is yet to be had in any English
-museum. The preservation of the whole of the needful material is still
-more utterly beyond the limits of any of the present museums. Every
-year a great deal of entirely irreplaceable material is thrown away, or
-neglected on the spot, because there is no hope whatever of preserving
-it. In the British Museum space costs several pounds a square foot,
-and only objects of great value can be reasonably preserved there. We
-are driven, then, to the conclusion that the progress of archaeology
-and the preservation of the past, as it comes into our hands year by
-year, is essentially a question of free space. And that is practically
-entirely a question of cheap space. To refuse to preserve anything that
-is not worth some pounds per square foot, is the death of archaeology;
-and yet such are the necessary conditions in our present museums,
-however much we may expand them in their costly conditions. If we once
-think of what the condition of affairs will be fifty years hence, when
-many periods and places will be exhausted, and yet nothing but showy
-objects are preserved, we see that the future knowledge of archaeology
-is helplessly bound up in the question of our immediate expansion of
-conservation.
-
-[Sidenote: National Repository.]
-
-We see then how absolutely necessary for archaeology and ethnology it
-is to have a National Repository, where the cost of space shall never
-be detrimental to the collection. I need not enter on the details of
-how such a repository could be carried out, as I have fully discussed
-them at the British Association, and the Society of Arts (see _Jour.
-S. A._ No. 2, 478, price 6d.); but an outline of the conditions and
-cost will shew the practicability of the proposal. All objects of
-value to a thief should be kept in the strong custody of city museums;
-but the great majority of specimens that should be preserved are too
-bulky or too unsaleable to be stolen, beside casts which no one would
-steal, and such do not, therefore, need more than general supervision.
-A square mile of land, within an hour’s journey from London, should
-be secured; and built over with uniform plain brickwork and cement
-galleries, at the rate of 20,000 square feet a year, so providing 8
-miles of galleries 50 feet wide in a century, with room yet for several
-centuries of expansion at the same rate. A staff of about 30 persons
-would suffice to arrange the new material at this rate; and having
-abundant space, no time would be wasted by frequent shifting of old
-material. Everything should be photographically registered as it came
-in. Glass should be placed over all objects which can deteriorate; but
-the amount of dirt would be a minimum in the country, and with the
-air-supply filtered from dust.
-
-The total cost of land, building, materials, and staff would be covered
-by a budget of £10,000 a year. And this is the normal _increase_ of the
-British Museum budget every four years. Hence if the British Museum
-were to find room by clearing out objects which are not liable to be
-stolen, for a few years, and placing them in the Repository, the cost
-of the Repository would be paid for to all time. A mere retardation
-of growth of the British Museum for five or ten years would entirely
-make up for the cost of the Repository twenty times its size. That
-this provision is perfectly practicable is not denied; that it would
-be far cheaper than continued expansion in highly expensive conditions
-is certain; and that it is essential for the growth of archaeology and
-ethnology is sadly obvious. Let us hope that if we are too hide-bound
-in England to grasp the new conditions of research, that at least
-in America some one will provide such a storehouse for all time;
-where some day the history of the world may be studied, when we have
-hopelessly lost the chance of preserving what might at present be had
-for the asking. If we are to make up our minds to ignore and lose what
-is now being lost and destroyed every year owing to our ignorance and
-blindness, we must look to the New World to rescue from our misuse the
-material we now throw away, and so preserve the history of mankind.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XII
-
-ARCHAEOLOGICAL EVIDENCE
-
-
-[Sidenote: Nature of proof.]
-
-The nature of proof is more complex than it seems to be at first sight.
-True enough, all proof is merely a matter of common sense; it does
-not appeal to any different faculty. And though a proof may follow as
-simply as possible from the facts, yet it cannot be understood by one
-who is not familiar with the facts to begin with. Trigonometry is the
-most obvious common sense to any one familiar with the formulae; and
-the formulae themselves are only common sense to any one who takes the
-trouble to argue them through. Yet, for all that, trigonometry is not
-obvious to the ignorant. In the same way the evidences about the past
-of man are simple and clear when the facts and methods from which they
-are deduced are already known. Yet it requires a good familiarity with
-the material before the conclusions can be felt to be self-evident
-results.
-
-[Sidenote: Legal evidence.]
-
-To follow clearly what evidence and proof means, it is best to refer
-to a class of evidence which is most familiar to the reader. What is
-commonly called _legal evidence_ is the best-known example, as it is
-met every day in law cases and police reports. Evidence is based on
-the same principles, in whatever subject it may be; there is not one
-logic for the present, and a different logic for the past. But the
-kind of evidence, the exactitude, the certainty, which is considered
-enough to determine a property or a life, is rightly looked on as
-conclusive for all reasonable purposes. The laws of such evidence have
-been threshed over for generations past; and it is well known what kind
-of proofs may be relied upon, and what are dubious. If we then compare
-this class of evidence with that which we accept in studying the past
-history of man, we shall see more clearly what kinds of proof are
-admissible, and how far it is reasonable to depend upon our results.
-
-In examining legal evidence we see that it all falls under one of
-four heads--(1) witnesses, (2) material objects, (3) exhaustion, and
-(4) probabilities. These four kinds of evidence are of very different
-values; any one of them may be stronger than the others in a given
-case, and each kind has its own special weakness.
-
-1. _Witnesses_ provide the most clear and connected proof, and the
-least liable to misunderstanding; but yet a proof which is entirely
-dependent on veracity, on intelligence, on absence of prejudice, and
-on clear memory, and is hence the least dependable kind of evidence in
-some cases.
-
-2. _Material facts_, which may be very conclusive; such as A’s
-footprint in B’s garden, or A’s chisel left in B’s house, at a
-burglary. If the fact is certain, the conclusion is proved; but the
-danger lies in misunderstanding the fact.
-
-3. _Exhaustion_, which may prove A guilty because no one else could
-have done the deed; as when A and B are seen in a railway carriage at
-one station, and at the next stoppage B is found murdered and A leaves
-the carriage. There may be not a trace of other evidence, but this is
-enough.
-
-4. _Probability_, as when A is last seen with B, and B proceeds to deal
-with the property of murdered A. This kind of evidence is enough to
-hang a man, solely from presumption.
-
-Now let us look at these kinds of evidence about the past of man.
-
-[Sidenote: Witnesses.]
-
-1. _Witnesses_, the documents, which give a clear and connected
-statement. They may be either primary, as a stone inscription or an
-autograph letter; or secondary, as compiled histories or subsequent
-copies. No other kind of evidence is so easy to follow; yet this is
-a proof in which we are entirely at the mercy of the prejudices, the
-ill-will, the frauds, and the blunders of others, and it is hence
-the least dependable kind of evidence in some cases. The speeches of
-Thucydides, the bias of Suetonius, the wonders of Livy, the romances of
-William of Malmesbury, and the forgery called Richard of Cirencester,
-each plunge us deeper and deeper into the doubtfulness of written
-documents; to say nothing of the casket letters or Ossian.
-
-[Sidenote: Material facts.]
-
-2. _Material facts_, when rightly understood, are the most conclusive
-evidence. They may be in a single object, as a palaeolithic flint
-rechipped over and over in later ages; or a foreign ornament used on an
-object of dated style, as a Maori tatued head in a daguerreotype would
-prove the tatuing to be known between 1840 and 1860; or a restruck
-coin with one type over another, as Barchocheb over Hadrian; or an
-added inscription, so familiar on Egyptian statues. Or the evidence
-may consist in a collocation of objects, such as a group of things
-found together in a tomb; or the superposition of strata of ruins in
-a town. In the case of a single object there are few possibilities
-of misunderstanding the evidence; but in strata or tomb-groups there
-is a chance of older things being reused. Such chances of error
-are, however, extinguished by the recurrence of instances; and the
-finding of certain things together in several cases under different
-circumstances is one of the strongest kinds of evidence, such, for
-instance, as the name of Amenhotep III often found with the Mykenaean
-pottery, both in Greece and in Egypt.
-
-[Sidenote: Exhaustion.]
-
-3. _Exhaustion_ may prove a point; as, for instance, the Iconoclasts in
-Greece or Reformers and Puritans in England were the only destroyers of
-images and pictures, or Akhenaten was the only man who erased the name
-of Amen. Such destructions therefore are evidence of the age and the
-man.
-
-[Sidenote: Probabilities.]
-
-4. _Probabilities_, as, for instance, the fact that the Saxons erased
-the Romano-Britons, makes it probable that Silchester, Uriconium, and
-other late Roman towns which were burnt, were destroyed by the Saxons.
-
-We see thus that each kind of proof which is accepted legally is also
-used archaeologically, and is subject to much the same failings. Legal
-evidence may fail by mistaking the nature of the facts, such as that
-some rabbit’s blood on a knife is human blood; so may archaeology
-mistake by ignorance, as when the Mykenaean treasure was called
-Byzantine.
-
-Or legal evidence may fail by wrong inferences from facts, such as that
-some human blood on a knife is due to a murder, while it has come from
-the owner’s finger. So archaeology erred from a wrong inference in
-calling the treasure of Troy “the treasure of Priam.”
-
-Or legal evidence may fail owing to mere prejudice, thus ignoring the
-truth. So archaeology has suffered from the prejudice that nothing in
-Greece can be older than the VIIIth century B.C.
-
-[Sidenote: Legal proof.]
-
-It is supposed sometimes, by those unfamiliar with the subject, that
-archaeological evidence is so doubtful or so slight that it cannot
-be relied upon, and is not to be compared with the certainties of
-legal proof. Let us see then what legal proof is in important cases.
-In one case a will was lost, and the mere memory of its contents,
-stated by a survivor who had assisted in writing it, was accepted
-as sufficient proof of what had been in it, and the property was
-distributed accordingly. In another case property was left by A to B,
-or failing B to C; B also made a will leaving it to D. A and B were
-killed together in an accident, and the slightest observation of which
-moved last, determined whether C or D had the property. Again, there
-are innumerable cases of setting a will aside because of the testator
-not being of a sound mind for disposing of property; and various
-assertions of irrelevant facts by various interested parties are held
-to reveal the true mental capacity of a person to a judge and jury. In
-a murder trial the question of whether one or both of the assailants
-were guilty was held proved by the deceased having been tied by two
-different forms of knots. In another trial the mere presumption due to
-concealing a body and dealing with the property of a murdered person
-was enough to hang a man. Such are some of the evidences which are held
-good in law to settle questions of life and property.
-
-Happily archaeology is relieved from the terrible dilemma of being
-bound to come to a conclusion at once, as the law has to do. Questions
-can be left pending, and it is not peremptorily needful to act one
-way or another. An open mind can be kept on difficult and obscure
-points; and a matter can be discussed in fresh lights, without keeping
-a prisoner standing in the dock the whole time. Legal conclusions are
-often wrong; though, as the law can do no wrong, a free pardon is all
-the sufferer gets when his innocence is proved. But if legal proofs,
-arguments, and conclusions were kept freely open to revision for years;
-if they were printed in every textbook for beginners; if all students
-were encouraged to find fresh evidence, and to upset what was laid
-down, and if the high-road to position lay in reversing the decisions
-of past authorities, it seems only too likely that there would be a
-greater wreckage of bad cases and bad law than there now is of bad
-archaeology.
-
-[Sidenote: Egypt and Europe.]
-
-For an example of the nature of archaeological evidence it will be
-best to study the connections of Egypt with early Europe. This subject
-is not only a fascinating one historically, but it includes a great
-variety of different kinds of evidence,--from paintings, from groups
-found in tombs, from remains of palaces, from objects exactly dated by
-royal names, from objects dated by their nature and style; and evidence
-which is of various degrees of certainty. Moreover this evidence has
-been more actively and continually attacked than any other class of
-discoveries of late years, and hence the most that can be argued
-against it is well known.
-
-[Sidenote: In XXVIth Dynasty.]
-
-Until 1883 nothing was known of the Greeks in Egypt before the
-Ptolemaic age; the accounts of Herodotus about the Greek mercenaries,
-and their connection with the XXVIth Dynasty, stood solely as a
-literary statement, without a scrap of tangible evidence. At the close
-of that year I bought an archaic Greek statuette in Cairo (Fig. 56);
-and on enquiring about the source of it, I heard of Nebireh, and hunted
-out the site in the Western Delta. There I found the ground covered
-with archaic Greek pottery dating throughout the XXVIth Dynasty, and
-it was evident that a great Greek city had existed there. Next year,
-at the close of 1884, I began exploring it, and found on the first day
-there, a decree of the people of Naukratis. Here then the evidence of
-Greek occupation depended upon the presence of thousands of pieces
-of Greek pottery and sculpture; and to imagine that these had all
-been imported by Egyptians was beyond any possible supposition. A
-town containing almost entirely Greek remains, and with only clumsy
-imitations of Egyptian subjects, was certainly occupied by Greeks. And
-as there is no instance or probability of Greeks having imported great
-quantities of vases made in earlier times, this place contained good
-evidence for Greeks having lived there from the VIIth century B.C. As
-such it was generally accepted; but the dedication by the Naukratites
-was withheld from the public for six months by over-cautious
-authorities, for fear that something else might contradict it. This is
-a case where what was undoubtedly good evidence should rather have been
-stated at once, with a reservation that it was very improbable that
-the stone had been brought from another site, or dedicated anywhere
-except in Naukratis. The evidence of the pottery shewed that Naukratis
-dated from the middle of the VIIth century; and this agrees with the
-statement by Athenaeus that a statue was dedicated there in the 23rd
-Olympiad, 688 B.C.
-
-In the next season, the spring of 1886, I went down to Defeneh, and
-there found a great mass of Greek pottery of the same period as that
-of Naukratis. Here again, then, the Greeks had inhabited the site; and
-the evidence was clear that this was a great camp of Greek mercenaries.
-The modern name Defeneh so closely agrees to the ancient Daphnae that
-no one hesitated to accept their equivalence. Here the identification
-rests, then, not on a contemporary inscription, but on a modern Arabic
-name.
-
-Important evidence about the manufactures of these places is given by
-the pottery. Although the two sites were occupied at the same period
-by Ionian Greeks, yet the bulk of the pottery on one site differs from
-that on the other. The conclusion is that probably it was made locally
-by Greek potters, and not brought by traders from Greek towns, as
-trade would probably have imported from the same sources to both sites.
-The evidence here is from the difference of classes.
-
-Another conclusion is drawn from the few varieties of painted pottery
-which are found in common at both sites. From the levels at which they
-were found at Naukratis these varieties were dated at various years
-between 610 and 550 B.C.; and such varieties were found together in a
-chamber at Defeneh with jar sealings bearing royal names of Psamtek
-II and Aahmes, and therefore dated between 595 and 565 B.C., as the
-Greeks were removed from the camp in the latter year. The evidence
-here is from the collocation of objects; those dated by the levels at
-which other things were found at Naukratis agreeing with those dated by
-mixture with Egyptian sealings at Defeneh.
-
-[Illustration: THE GREEKS IN EGYPT.
-
-Fig. 56. Warrior, in alabaster. Naukratis, XXVI Dyn.]
-
-[Illustration: THE GREEKS IN EGYPT.
-
-Fig. 57. Graeco-Egyptian vases. Abydos, XVIII Dyn.]
-
-[Sidenote: XVIIIth Dynasty paintings.]
-
-We now turn to the great group of dating of the XVIIIth–XXth Dynasties;
-and as the nature of the evidence is our present consideration we shall
-classify it according to the kind of source of the evidence. The most
-certain dating is that of offerings painted on the walls of tombs, as
-it is always agreed that such represent objects which were in current
-use when the tomb was decorated; they therefore are not older than the
-tomb, nor can the paintings have been added later. Of this class are
-the paintings of vases in the tomb of Rekhmara, under Tahutmes III in
-the XVIIIth Dynasty; these vases are shewn as being brought in by the
-Kefti foreigners, and strongly resemble the vases found in Cyprus,
-Mykenae, and other Greek sites. Here the connection of Egypt in
-the XVIIIth Dynasty with people who made such vases is certain; but
-the vases might be older than the scene, or such vases might continue
-to be made to a later time, hence the connection with any given epoch
-on Greek soil is only a strong probability but not absolute. Another
-dated painting is that of stirrup vases (to use a more convenient word
-than “pseud-amphorae,” “false-necked vases,” or “_bügel kanne_”) among
-the offerings in the paintings on the tomb of Ramessu III of the XXth
-Dynasty. That such forms were familiar at that date is absolute; but
-they might be older vases preserved in the Royal Treasury, or might be
-imitations by Egyptians of older foreign forms, like English repetition
-of Chinese patterns.
-
-[Sidenote: Burnt groups.]
-
-The next class of evidence is that of objects which have been placed
-in such conditions that they cannot have been disturbed after a given
-date. This evidence is given by several deposits of groups of vases,
-clothing, etc., which were burnt in pits sunk in the floors of houses,
-and then earthed over. Such groups cannot possibly have been disturbed
-later on to insert objects, as the charcoal and ashes are undisturbed,
-and the foreign objects are likewise burnt. Hence the evidence of the
-Egyptian objects if clearly dated must carry the foreign objects to the
-same date. Several such groups have been found at Gurob. In one were
-many Egyptian objects all agreeing well to the date of Amenhotep III,
-as fixed by a glazed pottery kohl tube; in another a group agreeing
-with the date of Tutankhamen, which was shewn by some fragile pendants
-which could not have long survived in use; another group agrees to
-the age of Ramessu II, who is named on a pendant of glazed ware; and
-a fourth group agrees to the rougher style of Sety II, which is dated
-by a dish with his name. The character of the Egyptian objects thus
-points to each of these dated objects being contemporary with the rest
-of their group, and therefore truly dating the group. Now in these
-groups were first, five well-made globular stirrup vases (see Fig. 59);
-second, pieces of several stirrup vases of a later form; third, the
-neck of a later and coarser stirrup vase; and fourth, two much later
-coarse and unpainted stirrup vases. Here the changes in the character
-of the vases agree with the relative dates given by the Egyptian
-objects. The stirrup vases might be all older than the Egyptian
-dates, but that is very improbable by the regular degradation of them
-according with the dates; and the groups cannot be later than the dated
-objects as they agree well with the date of such Egyptian things fixed
-in other cases. It is then extremely improbable that the stirrup vases
-should not belong to the periods of the Egyptian kings whose names are
-found with them. Variation in either direction is prohibited by these
-limitations.
-
-We may add that there are two other burnt groups without kings’ names,
-and the connection of stirrup vases with Egyptian objects in these
-agrees well with the connection shewn by the other groups. Another
-such grouping was in a burial in open ground at Abydos; there several
-examples of Graeco-Egyptian ware (Fig. 57), two figures and a ring vase
-with pomegranates and lotus flowers, were found with Egyptian pottery
-and beads of the XVIIIth Dynasty.
-
-[Sidenote: Rubbish mounds.]
-
-A somewhat similar grouping is afforded by the rubbish mounds of the
-palace of Akhenaten at Tell el Amarna. There the palace was entirely
-deserted after the reign of his successor, about 1360 B.C., and the
-town ruined finally by Horemheb, 1330 B.C. It seems then impossible to
-suppose anything later being mixed up with the rubbish heaps, which
-contained nearly a hundred dated objects, none later than 1360 B.C.
-The supposition has even been suggested that some unknown people,
-who left no other traces, have at some later time come laden with
-hundreds of potsherds, and dug over the rubbish mounds to mix them
-together. Such are the wild fancies which must be resorted to if the
-evidence is to be upset. The rubbish mounds consist of some thousands
-of tons of potsherds and dust; and among these, entirely mixed with
-them, were found nearly a hundred rings and objects of Akhenaten and
-his successor, and over 1300 pieces of Aegean pottery, representing
-probably 800 vases. The palace, which was deserted after 1360 B.C.,
-also contained several pieces of the same pottery. Here the great
-quantity of the material of all kinds precludes all the suppositions
-that might be made about isolated specimens. The mounds are too large
-for later material to be mixed with them; the dated objects are too
-many to be accidental, or to have been older than the mounds; and the
-Aegean vases are too many to have been preserved from earlier times.
-The whole conditions prove that all the objects were in common use
-contemporaneously.
-
-[Sidenote: Houses.]
-
-A somewhat less certain dating is given by remains found in houses.
-At the palace of Akhenaten the definite date of its ruin fairly shews
-the Aegean pottery in it to be contemporary with his generation. In a
-house at Gurob, Aegean pottery was found with wood-carving of the XIXth
-Dynasty and a ring of the late XVIIIth Dynasty, and also under the
-walls of a house which was built at the close of the XVIIIth Dynasty.
-These are not precise datings, and are open to claims that the houses
-were later than the evidence shews; but such connections give a strong
-presumption.
-
-Similar, but converse, evidence is given from the Greek side. At
-Mykenae was found a figure of a monkey in violet glaze (No. 4573
-Athens); this is of Egyptian work and bears the name of Amenhotep II.
-A piece of glaze found in a building by the lion gate has the name of
-Amenhotep III. A scarab of Thyi, his queen, was found in the palace of
-Mykenae. And three large jars of drab-coloured Egyptian pottery (4569
-Athens), such as is quite unknown from Greek sources, were also found
-at Mykenae. Now these examples prove the import of Egyptian things of
-the XVIIIth and XIXth Dynasties before the fall of Mykenae; they do
-not give an exact dating as their time-connection on the Greek side is
-unstated, and they might belong to any part of the history of the town.
-But their agreement in age gives a strong presumption that the latter
-half of the XVIIIth Dynasty was contemporary with some part of the
-flourishing period of foreign trade at Mykenae.
-
-[Sidenote: Scarabs.]
-
-At this point we should notice an assertion often made, that Egyptian
-objects, especially scarabs, often bore the names of kings who were
-earlier than the date of the manufacture. This is sometimes the
-case, and on this ground it has been attempted to discredit all
-evidence about scarabs. Now an exactly similar case occurs in Roman
-coinage, where at eight different periods restorations of coins of
-earlier emperors took place, no less than twenty emperors being thus
-commemorated. Yet no one has impugned the evidence of Roman coins
-in dating an excavation, on the ground that as some were restored
-therefore none are of certain value. Similarly seven kings restored
-the scarabs of earlier times, twelve different kings being thus
-commemorated; but that is no reason for discrediting the age of the
-remaining ninety-nine scarabs out of every hundred. The restorations,
-say of the XIIth Dynasty kings by Tahutmes III, are as obvious as the
-restorations of earlier emperors by Gallienus. No doubt to a person
-ignorant of coins the subject would seem uncertain and confused; but
-then scientific evidence is not expected to appeal to those who are
-ignorant of the subject, whether it be coins or scarabs. We must then
-credit the evidence of scarabs for dating, although there are some
-restored in a different style, and although some case might be found
-where a scarab had been reused at a much later date than that of its
-manufacture. Such exceptions are certainly not one per cent of the
-whole, and cannot therefore be invoked to explain away the whole of
-the instances.
-
-[Sidenote: Tombs in Egypt.]
-
-The largest class of evidence is that from collocation in tombs.
-The weak points of this are (1) reuse of tombs so that primary
-and secondary interments may be mixed; this should be obvious in
-any properly conducted excavation, and cannot be brought in as an
-hypothesis unless some mixture of date can be otherwise proved: (2)
-the tomb contents being older than the dated object, and so brought
-to too low a date, which is very unlikely, as a whole group of things
-would not be preserved for long together: (3) the dated object being
-older than the tomb, which is practically the only danger. A few rare
-examples have been seen of older objects being reburied, but so rarely
-that only a very small proportion of cases could be thus explained. The
-great majority of things in hand at any one time belong to within a
-generation or two. In our own time, although we treasure older things
-more than did the people of any past age, yet not one per cent of what
-we have is over a hundred years old. In late Roman coinage the waste
-was such that in a hundred years only an eighth survived in use, and
-in half a century more only a twenty-fifth remained. It is very rarely
-that beads or pendants of very different ages are mixed in ancient
-necklaces, or that scarabs of reigns far apart are buried together. I
-do not remember a mixture of more than two contiguous reigns in any
-group of scarabs that I have found. Hence this possibility of an older
-object being reused may occur rarely, but cannot be called upon in the
-whole of the cases, or even for any perceptible proportion of them.
-In certainly nine cases out of ten we must expect that a dated object
-was buried within less than two or three generations from its original
-period.
-
-The tomb groups containing Aegean pottery are, it so happens, not so
-well dated as the burnt groups; and are therefore inferior to the burnt
-groups, both on this account, as well as by the greater possibility
-of mixture. The Maket tomb at Kahun is the principal example. The
-dated objects in that are of Tahutmes II and III; and though at first
-I supposed it to be of later age on the strength of some beads not
-then known before the XIXth or XXth Dynasty, yet as such beads were
-afterwards found in a deposit of Tahutmes III at Koptos, there is
-no reason for questioning that the whole is of his age. Also the
-experience of the past dozen years has shewn that such a date agrees
-well to all the other objects in the tomb. The absence of blue painted
-pottery does not imply a date after the disuse of it in the XXth
-Dynasty, but before that style came into use in the middle of the
-XVIIIth Dynasty. In this tomb was a fine Aegean vase (Fig. 58) with
-ivy-spray pattern, which is thus dated to about 1500 B.C. The burials
-were quite undisturbed and therefore the vase cannot belong to a later
-date, but might possibly be earlier.
-
-Other examples have not this precise dating. At Kahun a burial in the
-open ground, and undisturbed, had scarabs and objects of the style of
-the middle or end of the XVIIIth Dynasty, with a stirrup vase from
-the Aegean (_Kahun_, p. 32). The undisturbed tomb at Gurob containing
-the beautiful wooden statuette of Res, certainly of the XVIIIth
-Dynasty, had in an opposite chamber a stirrup vase, which must have
-been buried at the same period. Another burial at Gurob had a piece
-of a stirrup vase with beads exactly like those of Ramessu II. And at
-Naqada a tomb which by the style of the painting, must have belonged to
-the beginning or middle of the XVIIIth Dynasty, had been so entirely
-plundered that the only object left was a fine globular stirrup vase.
-In these cases there is no exact dating, but a consensus of style in
-each case of the XVIIIth or early XIXth Dynasty; and the connection
-of the Aegean pottery with it is in some cases absolute and in others
-only presumptive. The argument for date of the pottery rests then in
-these cases on the uniformity of the period connected with it, and the
-absence of any discrepant dating.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 58.--Aegean vase of Tahutmes III. Maket tomb. 1:3.]
-
-[Sidenote: Tombs in Greece.]
-
-Now this argument is greatly reinforced if we can shew that the same
-connection of period exists on the other side. At Ialysos in Rhodes
-a tomb with Aegean pottery contained a scarab of Amenhotep III. At
-Mykenae, grave No. 49 contained also glazed ware of Amenhotep III. At
-Enkomi in Cyprus in grave 93 a scarab of Queen Thyi was found with
-Aegean pottery. And from the same cemetery comes a metal ring of her
-son Amenhotep IV. These cases therefore connect one period of the
-Aegean remains with the Egyptian reigns from 1414 to 1365 B.C. If on
-one hand it might be supposed that the single Greek objects in Egyptian
-tombs were older than the time of their burial, here on the other hand
-the possibility is reversed, and the single Egyptian objects in Greece
-could only be older and not later than the group with which they were
-buried. As on both sides the dating is the same--the latter part of the
-XVIIIth Dynasty--it shows that in both countries the groups contained
-objects of contemporary date. If we were to further refine on the
-question, and enquire whether the differences of date of the reigns
-in Egypt correspond to equal differences in Greece, we are met by the
-lack of all relative dating yet assignable to the Greek tombs; on that
-side we have only a vague statement of “Mykenaean period,” or some such
-generality; and it is therefore only that period in general that we can
-assign to the XVIIIth–XIXth Dynasty in Egypt.
-
-[Sidenote: Variation with date.]
-
-We may, however, see a little further into detail on the Egyptian side
-by observing how the stirrup vases vary in form and work. At Naqada,
-probably under Tahutmes III, was a globular form, with simple broad
-bands, and dull face. At Gurob under Amenhotep III the vases have more
-broad bands and a polished face (Fig. 59). Under Tutankhamen there
-were fine lines appearing between the bands. Under Ramessu II the form
-is coarser. And under Sety II is only a coarse unpainted imitation.
-Lastly, under Ramessu VI at Tell el Yehudiyeh were some rude debased
-copies. Here the relative style of the vases agrees with the varying
-date of the objects found with each; and hence we are justified in not
-only placing one general period in Greece as contemporary with another
-period in Egypt, but also in connecting the varied forms with the
-reigns which are named with them. The evidence which we gain from the
-mere general admixture, without any proof of the objects originating in
-the generation by which they were buried, is here further carried on
-into evidence for the exact age of each type by the sequence of style
-agreeing to the sequence of the dated objects.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 59.--False-necked vases from Egypt.
-
-XVIIIth Dyn. Amenhotep III. Tutankhamen.
-
-XIXth Dyn. Ramessu II. Sety II.
-
-XXth Dyn. Ramessu III. Ramessu VI.]
-
-[Sidenote: Style.]
-
-We now turn to a question of style alone. In grave 93 at Enkomi was
-found a gold collar of Egyptian work with nine different patterns in
-it; of these, eight are well known as designs of the time of Amenhotep
-IV, and the ninth is a variant of such. As these designs are not known
-in such forms at a century later or earlier, this collar cannot have
-been made far from 1400 B.C.; and as it is of slight and tender fabric
-it cannot have long been in use. Hence the date of its burial and of
-the tomb must be in the fourteenth century B.C. Of other examples of
-style, which may be quoted as important, is a great group of blue
-glazed ware of the same form, colour, and designs, as the vases of
-Ramessu II, but found in grave 66 at Enkomi; a gold pin, with a hole
-in the middle, of the XVIIIth–XIXth Dynasty found at Gurob, like one
-from grave 66 at Enkomi; a group of bronze vases with lotus handles
-found in the Idaean cave in Crete, exactly of the fabric of those of
-the XVIIIth–XIXth Dynasty; a figure of a swimming girl holding a dish,
-carved in bone, from the Idaean cave, a favourite design in the XVIIIth
-Dynasty; and some other instances of similar style, ornament, and
-processes, which need hardly reinforce the general argument.
-
-[Sidenote: Recapitulation.]
-
-To recapitulate the evidences of the XVIIIth–XXth Dynasty:--
-
- _Evidence of paintings._ Tombs of Rekhmara and Ramessu III.
-
- Result. Aegean objects possibly older than the paintings.
-
- _Evidence of burnt groups._ Four, from Amenhotep III to Sety II.
-
- Result. Aegean pottery possibly older than the groups.
-
- _Evidence of rubbish heaps._ Tell el Amarna.
-
- Result. Aegean pottery certainly contemporary with Amenhotep IV.
-
- _Evidence of houses._ Tell el Amarna, Gurob, Mykenae.
-
- Result. Aegean pottery probably of XVIIIth Dynasty. Greek houses
- probably of XVIIIth Dynasty.
-
- _Evidence of tombs._ Maket tomb; tombs at Gurob, Mykenae, and Enkomi.
-
- Result. Aegean pottery possibly older than Tahutmes III; probably
- of XVIIIth–XIXth Dynasty or possibly older; Greek tombs of
- XVIIIth Dynasty, or possibly later.
-
- _Evidence of style._ Gold collar. Idaean vases and carving.
-
- Result. Importations to Greece of XVIIIth Dynasty, and perhaps
- XIXth; copy of XVIIIth Dynasty design, possibly later.
-
-The possible deviations from the probable results are thus seen to
-balance one another, some leaving the limit only open to earlier times
-and some only to later times, so that change cannot be accepted in
-either direction.
-
-[Sidenote: XIIth Dynasty, Kahun.]
-
-We now go back to an earlier stage in the history, that of the XIIth
-Dynasty. Some ten years ago the stage which we have already discussed
-was the “fighting frontier” of the subject; five years ago the XIIth
-Dynasty was the fighting frontier; now this is almost pacified, and the
-struggle against prepossessions is carried back to the still earlier
-periods.
-
-The view back to the XIIth Dynasty was first opened out in excavating
-the rubbish mounds of the town of Kahun. This town was entirely built
-at one time for the workmen employed on the pyramid of Usertesen II,
-this then is the starting date. While the houses were fully occupied
-a large rubbish mound was accumulated outside of the walls. When the
-official work of building ceased at the finishing of the pyramid, we
-may conclude that the town began to dwindle, as I found many of the
-houses and streets had been used as rubbish holes for waste of the
-XIIth Dynasty. Therefore the less convenient and accessible rubbish
-heap outside of the walls is probably entirely of the reign of
-Usertesen II. As it does not contain any Egyptian material that could
-be dated later than that, the evidence of the shrinkage of the town
-should be accepted as giving a probable limit to the age of the outer
-heaps.
-
-In these heaps the great bulk was of regular Egyptian pottery of
-the XIIth Dynasty, filling up a depth of 6 or 8 feet in parts, and
-therefore very unlikely to become mixed with later objects dropped by
-accident. Now with this pottery thus certified as to its age, were
-found pieces of several kinds hitherto entirely unknown. Black ware
-decorated with white spiral lines, and with yellow and red lines and
-circles of dots, red pottery with white returning spirals, and with
-painting in red, white, and green. The style was obviously of the
-Aegean family, so much so that even the best authorities asserted that
-these were pieces of Naukratite pottery of the XXVIth Dynasty and shut
-their eyes to the great difference of fabric and material. For some
-years I protested that the evidence of finding was absolute for the
-XIIth Dynasty date, and that no such pottery was known at a later date
-to which this could be compared. But some general resemblance to the
-style of the XXVIth Dynasty was allowed to calm the archaeological
-conscience of my friends into ignoring all the positive evidence. No
-such pottery was known on Greek soil at an early date; therefore none
-existed; therefore this could not be of that date. This argument is
-still in full favour for other and earlier periods. But a shock of
-surprise came when delicate black pottery with white painting and red
-was found at Kamares in Crete, and published by Mr. Myres in 1895;
-and later the same style of pottery was so largely found that Messrs.
-Hogarth and Welch write in 1901 that “so far from that ware being a
-rarity, it is to be looked for in Crete wherever any strata of remains
-underlie the Mykenaean. It occurred in our digging at Knossos at all
-points at which the early town was probed to the rock” (_J.H.S._ xxi.
-78). The pre-Mykenaean period is now before us and is found to agree
-entirely with the dating already reached on unimpeachable grounds at
-Kahun. That we may recognise connections between Greece and Egypt in
-the XIIth Dynasty is now orthodox, and we may proceed to see what
-further evidence appears for this dating.
-
-[Sidenote: XIIth Dynasty, Crete.]
-
-At Knossos was found a portion of an Egyptian seated figure in diorite
-bearing an inscription of Ab-nub-mes-uazet-user, which from the style
-is probably of the XIIth Dynasty.
-
-At Praesos were found several globular beads of carnelian and of
-amethyst such as are well known in the XIIth Dynasty, and the latter
-material is not found dated to a later period in Egypt.
-
-At Knossos was found a globular alabaster vase of the regular type of
-the XIIth Dynasty; and also the alabaster vase lid of King Khyan,
-whose date is unfortunately not fixed on the Egyptian side, but who is
-probably of the XVIth Dynasty, though perhaps of the XIth.
-
-The long period now known in Greece before the civilization which is
-dated to the XVIIIth Dynasty compels such a presumption of connection
-with far earlier periods, and the connection is so well shewn by the
-Kamares ware, that the evidence for the XIIth Dynasty relationship
-scarcely needs further support. It depends on identity of style of
-highly decorated pottery, and of beads; and the transport of two pieces
-of Egyptian work.
-
-[Sidenote: Pan graves.]
-
-Another connection of this age is shewn by the “pan-grave” pottery
-found in Egypt. This class of shallow circular graves is dated to
-the close of the XIIth Dynasty by several discoveries of worn and
-damaged objects of the XIIth Dynasty in the graves, without anything
-that could be fixed to a later date. In these graves is a large class
-of non-Egyptian pottery; some of it black and red, highly polished;
-others, rude thick pottery with incised patterns. The similarity of
-the black and red to the style of the prehistoric pottery of Egypt is
-obvious; it is a later branch of the same fabric. And when we consider
-from what other land that may have come into Egypt, we naturally look
-to the similar forms found in the Celtic pottery of Southern Spain by
-Bonsor (Fig. 60), as indicating that it belongs to the western Libyan
-culture. Again, the rough incised pottery is of the same Celtic family
-found in Spain, showing a western source. The suggestion lately put
-forward that these may have come into Egypt from the East is wholly
-baseless. It is in Spain and the allied Celtic pottery of Europe that
-we find the types which were brought into Egypt by the rude invaders
-at the close of the XIIth Dynasty. So that a connection of the western
-barbaric culture of the bronze age with the close of the XIIth Dynasty
-must be concluded, from the evidence of similar pottery intruded into
-Egypt, and associated in graves with the objects of that age.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 60.--Celtic and pan-grave pottery and ornament.
-
-Central Europe. Yorkshire. (_J. Anth. Inst._ xxxii., pl. xxvii.)
-
-South Spain. (_Rev. Arch._ xxxv. 121–2.)
-
-Diospolis, Egypt. (_Diospolis_, xxxviii., xl.)]
-
-It is probably then to the same invaders that we should look for the
-source of the black incised ware (Fig. 61) with patterns filled with
-white, and of characteristically western--Italic or Greek--forms, which
-is found in Kahun in the XIIth Dynasty, and in burials at Khataaneh
-of the XIIIth Dynasty. It is the latest stage of a class of imported
-pottery which recurs at intervals from the early prehistoric age
-onwards. A piece of this pottery was found in one of the “pan graves,”
-thus linking it with the other foreign pottery brought in at that
-period. It has been found at Hissarlik in the lowest levels, in Bosnia
-at Butmir, and of prehistoric to XIIIth Dynasty age in Egypt.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 61.--Black incised pottery, with white filling.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 62.--Buttons of ivory, carnelian, glazed steatite,
-etc. VIIth Dyn.
-
-The upper row with misapplied Egyptian designs.
-
-The lower row with entirely un-Egyptian designs. 2:3.]
-
-[Sidenote: VIth to IIIrd Dynasties.]
-
-On going back another stage to the Old Kingdom, of the IVth to VIth
-Dynasties, we still find links between Egypt and the West. In the
-VIth dynasty is found a class of non-Egyptian buttons (Fig. 62) with
-devices, which in some cases may have been used as seals; more than a
-hundred of these are now known, and in no case are they of Egyptian
-fabric, as when an Egyptian subject was copied it was always in a
-mistaken manner. Now a close parallel to many of the designs is found
-on Cretan engraved stones, and it is therefore to that civilisation
-that we must look for the source of a considerable foreign importation,
-which probably accompanied a movement of population at the overthrow
-of the civilisation of the Old Kingdom. The actual incomers may have
-passed by sea from the islands, or by land along Africa.
-
-On turning to Crete we see in the noble lamp with lotus capital found
-at Knossos, a type which cannot have been derived from anything that
-we know of the XIIth Dynasty in Egypt. The free buds around the band
-had long since become lost at that time; and even in the Vth Dynasty on
-the Abusir capital they are less distinct. A form belonging to the Vth
-Dynasty is the only one that is at all likely to have been the origin
-of this fine Cretan capital. Again a vase with two handles from Knossos
-is certainly an exact copy in local stone, of the regular Egyptian type
-of the Old Kingdom, which was quite unknown later. And two pieces of
-the brims of bowls, one of Egyptian diorite, the other of liparite,
-are of exactly the type made in the close of the IIIrd Dynasty at
-Medum, and in the early IVth Dynasty at Gizeh; this might perhaps last
-until the Vth Dynasty, but we could not suppose it to come later, as
-it would have been quite out of the run of later forms. The copying of
-motives and forms which passed entirely out of use, is a strong form
-of evidence; a single object might survive to later times, but for a
-form to be copied it must be the familiar and usual form at the time
-when the copy is made. Hence we cannot place the familiarity with these
-Egyptian types in Crete later than the Vth or perhaps IVth Dynasty.
-
-Still earlier, the Western influence on Egypt is seen by the black
-incised bowls, of which one piece was found inside a mastaba of the
-time of Sneferu (end of IIIrd Dynasty), and another piece between two
-mastabas of about the same age at Dendereh, where it must have been
-buried in sand at the period of the building. Another piece of such
-black incised pottery was found in the tomb of King Zer of the Ist
-Dynasty; see Fig. 61.
-
-[Sidenote: Ist Dynasty, Aegean.]
-
-This brings us back to a surprising series of pieces of painted
-pottery from the Royal Tombs of the Ist Dynasty (Fig. 63). The forms
-are Aegean; the material, the facing, the colouring, the varieties
-of pattern, all belong distinctively to the Aegean. The opinion of
-Professors Furtwängler and Wolters is that these belong to the earliest
-type of Island pottery. Certainly there is nothing like them found
-in Egypt, except the confessedly Aegean pottery of later times. One
-prehistoric Egyptian vase has been compared with them, but it has
-no resemblance in form, material, facing, or colouring, and only an
-approximation to one of the patterns. They stand unquestionably in line
-with other Aegean ware. These pieces are found scattered in several of
-the Royal Tombs; and those from the earlier tombs are of an earlier
-style. Thus there is no absolute proof, but only a strong presumption,
-that these belong to the age of the tombs of the Ist Dynasty.
-
-Further evidence is, however, given by a portion of the original tomb
-offerings of King Zer, which were left untouched by all the plunderers
-and destroyers. In one corner-chamber of his tomb were an alabaster
-vase of regular Ist Dynasty type, four pottery jars of the same age,
-and nine jars of foreign ware, different in forms, in material, and in
-facing, from any Egyptian pottery of that age, but agreeing in all
-these characteristics with Aegean pottery, and including a vase of the
-same nature as the painted pottery, but without decoration. The whole
-group was cemented together by the burning of the unguents which had
-been buried in the jars.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 63.--Pottery of earliest Aegean style. From Royal
-Tombs of the Ist Dynasty, Egypt.]
-
-Here is then a case like that of the Kamares pottery at Kahun. The
-evidence is clear, there is no visible loophole for avoiding the
-archaeological conclusion. And the only argument against it is that no
-such pottery has been found in Greece, but only more advanced styles
-of such fabric under later conditions. Now that the Knossos finds have
-led all those who see their value to grant a connection in the IIIrd
-or IVth Dynasty, we may soon see the fighting frontier pushed over to
-include this great and distinctive group of the early Ist Dynasty.
-
-[Sidenote: Ist Dynasty, Cretan.]
-
-Nor does this stand alone. This year another class of foreign pottery
-has been found in the ruins of the temple of Abydos, of the Ist
-Dynasty, and perhaps somewhat before it (Fig. 64). The material is
-unlike any in Egypt, a dense black pottery; the facing of it is usually
-highly burnished, unlike Egyptian of that age; the forms are wholly
-un-Egyptian, the long pointed amphora with curved neck, and the hollow
-feet to vases, being unmistakably of the Greek family. Exactly similar
-pottery in material and finish, is found in fragments of the later
-Neolithic period at Knossos; a piece from Egypt and one from Knossos
-when seen side by side seem as if they had been broken from the same
-jar. The forms of the Cretan examples are not yet re-established, but
-some at least are the same as the Egyptian examples. As most of the
-cups of this type at Abydos had contained a brilliant red haematite
-paint, it is very likely that the pottery came over as vehicles for
-trade products.
-
-Yet again in the Ist Dynasty deposit of ivory and glazed objects in the
-temple of Abydos, was a cast copper figure of foreign style which is of
-the same family as the copper figures found in the Diktaean cave.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 64.--Polished black pottery of Cretan origin.
-Temple of Abydos. Dyn. I.]
-
-[Sidenote: Prehistoric.]
-
-And all this leads us back to the Egyptian prehistoric age. There
-we see commonly painted on the pottery, and on walls of a tomb, the
-large ships then in use. Some had as many as 60 oars, yet we see the
-greatest of the Venetian fighting galleys had only 24 on a side. A
-rowing ship is useless on the Nile, except for sometimes getting down
-stream, as no rowing would suffice to take a large vessel continuously
-up against the current. But the rowing galley has been the vessel of
-the Mediterranean, from the French navy back to the Phoenician, and
-no one knows how long before. These great vessels, which bore various
-ensigns showing the ports from which they started, must have been
-concerned in important business; probably trading the oil and skins
-and wood one way, and the dates and corn of Egypt in return. Among
-their imports were probably the foreign bowls of black incised ware,
-filled in with white, which are found even as far back as near the
-beginning of the prehistoric civilisation. They clearly belong to that
-foreign class which is found as far apart as Spain, Bosnia, and Troy;
-and the original home of this pottery has yet to be found, in that
-Mediterranean region about which we are just beginning to discover our
-own ignorance.
-
-If at present our evidence of connection between Egypt and the West,
-before the XIIth Dynasty, rests upon the identity of styles and
-fabrics, we must remember how that same class of evidence in later
-periods has been amply reinforced by dated objects with inscriptions,
-found in most unequivocal positions. And we may then at last reach the
-conception that after all, civilisation started at much the same time
-all round the Mediterranean, but advanced rather sooner in Egypt than
-on the northern shores.
-
-In this study of the facts which link together the early history of
-Europe with that of Egypt, we have now seen the varied sources and
-values of the different kinds of archaeological evidence; and the modes
-by which the accumulation of different evidences may reinforce the
-conclusions, and render them more exact.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIII
-
-THE ETHICS OF ARCHAEOLOGY
-
-
-[Sidenote: Individual rights.]
-
-At first sight, ethics might not seem to have more to do with
-archaeology than with chemistry or astronomy. Yet even in those
-subjects an entire monopoly of some useful material, or the destruction
-of the only records of irreplaceable observations, would bring in
-serious questions of individual right. It is notorious what a large
-element of conduct is involved in biology, where species are being
-destroyed every year, where the rabbit and the thistle have been
-wantonly made the curse of a continent, and where a mixture is taking
-place which will efface the results of ages of segregation. In
-archaeology there is perhaps a greater range of ethical questions,
-of the individual _versus_ the community, than in any other science.
-And the results of action are the more serious as the material is
-very limited, and perhaps no other chance of observation may ever
-occur. In most sciences the opportunity of experiment and observation
-is unlimited. If an alloy is spoiled it can be remade at once, if a
-star is not examined to-night it may be next night, if a plant is not
-grown this year it may be next year. But Theodoric’s gold armour
-once melted, we shall never know what it was like; the heads of the
-Parthenon statues once burnt to lime, are gone for ever; or the Turin
-papyrus once broken up, we can hardly hope ever to recover all the
-history it contained.
-
-[Sidenote: Destruction.]
-
-The destruction that has gone on, and is now going on continuously,
-seems as if it could leave scarcely anything for the information of
-future ages. Every year sees wiped out the remains which have lasted
-for thousands of years past. Now, in our own day, the antiquities of
-South Africa and of Central and South America have been destroyed as
-rapidly as they can be found. Elsewhere, engineers of every nation
-use up buildings as quarries or wreck them for the sake of temporary
-profit, or for more legitimate purposes as in the submersion of
-Philae and Nubia. Speculators, native and European, tear to pieces
-every tomb they can find in the East, and sell the few showy proceeds
-that have thus lost their meaning and their history. Governments set
-commissioners to look after things, who leave the antiquities to
-be plundered while they are living in useless ease. And the casual
-discoveries that are made perish in a ghastly manner. The Saxon
-regalia of Harold, the treasures of Thomas à Becket’s shrine, the
-burial of Alfred, the burial of Theodoric, and the summer palace
-of Pekin, have within modern memory all gone the same way as the
-wonders that perished in the French sack of Rome or the Greek sack
-of Persia. However we may deplore this, our present consideration is
-destruction by archaeologists, and what their responsibilities are in
-difficult situations. In all ages there has been destruction for gold
-and valuables, and in the Renascence a ruthless seizure of marbles
-and stone work. To that succeeded destruction for the sake of art,
-excavations in which everything was wrecked for the chance of finding
-a beautiful statue. Then in the last generation or two, inscriptions
-became valued, and temple sites in Greece and in Egypt, and palaces in
-Babylonia, have been turned over, and nothing saved except a stone or a
-tablet which was inscribed. At last a few people are beginning to see
-that history is far wider than any one of these former aims, and that,
-if ever we are to understand the past, every fragment from it must be
-studied and made to tell all it can.
-
-But still there continues the plundering of sites in the interest
-of show museums, where display is thought of before knowledge, as
-is unhappily the case in many national collections. To secure an
-attractive specimen, a tomb will be wrecked, a wall destroyed, a temple
-dragged to pieces and its history lost, a cemetery cleared out with no
-record of its burials. And when carefully authenticated and recorded
-specimens reach museums, their fate is not yet a safe one, especially
-in local museums. Stones will be built into walls, and ruined by the
-damp bringing salt out; objects are left to drop to pieces from lack of
-chemical knowledge, or from the official dread of the responsibility
-of doing right instead of allowing wrong. Information is deliberately
-destroyed; labels are thrown away or heaped together out of the way
-in a glass case where the objects are artistically displayed, with no
-more history than if they had come from a dealer. Groups of things,
-whose whole value consists in their collocation as they were found, are
-scattered up and down a museum as if they had no meaning. Or priceless
-antiquities will be left out for years of exposure to weather, as
-certain sculptures were in London, until at last they received worthy
-safeguarding in defiance of the Treasury. Unhappily far too many of
-those who are responsible for keeping the things which have at last
-reached a haven, need educating in the elements of their profession.
-
-[Sidenote: Restoration.]
-
-This leads to another difficult question, that of restoration. The
-horrible destruction which has gone on under that term is now somewhat
-recognised, after much, or most, of the original buildings of our
-ancestors have disappeared beneath scraping and recutting, so that
-we only possess a copy of what has been. And in museums till within
-the last few years, statues were so elaborately built up out of what
-was--or was not--to be had, that it is often a difficult preliminary
-study to set aside the shams. In the Louvre there is the honesty of
-stating how much has been added to the original; and the list is
-sometimes so long that it is hard to make out what gave the first
-idea to the restorer for building up his work. Yet in many cases some
-mere supports are needful, and the best museums now make such helps
-as distinct as possible from the original. The only full solution of
-the matter is the great extension of the use of casts; and the ideal
-museum of sculpture would have the originals untouched on one side of a
-gallery, and the full restoration of casts of the same things on the
-other side.
-
-[Sidenote: Sacrifices.]
-
-When we stand face to face with a problem like that, of the Forum at
-Rome there rise a multitude of questions which have intricate and
-far-reaching solutions. The removal of the latest of the pavements of
-the Forum has been bitterly resented. The Sacred Way is gone, and what
-is there for sentiment to dwell on! Yet who would reasonably prefer the
-Lower Empire to the Twelve Caesars? And then is not the Republic still
-more interesting and less known? And then the Kings hold a prerogative
-of glamour to every schoolboy; and what was Rome before the Kings?
-We see the inevitable result of such a crowd of interests, in the
-honeycomb of pits and planks and tunnels and iron girders which now
-bewilder the visitor, where formerly he walked down the Sacred Way and
-blessed his soul in romantic peace.
-
-Now this elaborate treatment is most desirable, but is scarcely
-attainable unless there is a strong public interest, and a government
-willing to carry out proper conservation. Let us turn to a different
-set of conditions, as at the temple of Osiris at Abydos. There were
-more than a dozen different levels of building; all the lower ones
-only of mud brick; the whole of the lower levels under the high Nile,
-and certain to be a mud swamp so soon as the Nile rose next summer. To
-treat such a place like the Forum would have involved enormous iron
-substructure layer under layer, and a wide drying area for hundreds
-of yards around, at a cost of certainly five figures. No one would be
-likely to give a hundredth of the cost to attain that end. If any
-part were left without clearing to the bottom, the next high Nile
-would make entire pudding of it. And so the permanent preservation of
-such a site was impossible. All that could be done whenever it was
-begun, was to dig it in as dry a season as possible, when the water
-was at its lowest; to clear it entirely to water level; and to make
-plans, levelling, and records, of every wall and every detail, removing
-everything that stood in the way of going lower. Henceforward that
-temple site, instead of existing in unseen layers of solid earth,
-exists only on paper.
-
-[Sidenote: Responsibility.]
-
-Now here is a great responsibility. Whatever is not done in such an
-excavation can never be done. The site is gone for ever; and who knows
-what further interests and new points of research may be thought of
-in future, which ought to have received attention. Are we justified
-morally in thus destroying a temple site, a cemetery, a town, while we
-may feel certain that others would see more in it in future? If a site
-would continue untouched, and always equally open to research, it would
-be wrong to exhaust such places. But what are the conditions? In Egypt
-sites are continually passing under cultivation, and once cultivated
-no one would ever know more about them. They are being continually dug
-away for earth to spread on the fields, and all that lies in them is
-scattered and lost. The stonework is continually the prey of engineers
-and lime-burners. The Nile is always rising, so that every few
-centuries makes ground inaccessible that was previously out of water.
-And the probable movement of invention and appliances will most likely
-bring under cultivation in future most of the cemetery sites which are
-now bare desert. In the last few years most of the cemetery and temple
-sites of Nubia have been blotted out by the new lake for irrigation.
-Further, on any site of cemetery, temple, or town which is known to
-contain anything, the native will dig by night if he cannot do so by
-day, and will leave nothing but a wreck behind. It is sadly unlikely
-that there will be anything left to excavate in Egypt a century
-hence; all the known sites will be exhausted in twenty years more at
-the present rate. A thousand years hence--a trifle in the history of
-Egypt--people will look back on these present generations as the golden
-days when discoveries came thickly year by year, and when there was
-always something to be found. And therefore the best thing that can be
-done under all these conditions is to work with the fullest care and
-detail in recording, to publish everything fully, and to then trust the
-history of Egypt to a few hundred copies of books instead of to solid
-walls and hidden cemeteries. The destruction which is needful to attain
-knowledge is justified if the fullest knowledge is obtained by it, and
-if that is so safely recorded that it will not again be lost. The only
-test of right is the procuring the greatest amount of knowledge now and
-in future.
-
-[Sidenote: Rights of the future.]
-
-Here we are landed in a question on which very different positions
-are taken. What are the rights of the future? Why should we limit our
-action, or our immediate benefit or interest, for the sake of the
-future? If ever this question comes into practical dealings, it does
-so in historical work. Any one who is above the immediate consideration
-of food and starvation, does consider the future. Our public buildings
-are preserved for the use of coming generations; our libraries and
-museums are largely for the benefit of those yet unborn. Was not the
-future of England the great charge, the inspiring aim of Alfred, of
-Edward I, of William III? Do we not even now spend ungrudgingly for the
-great future of our colonies? In every direction we unquestioningly
-assume that the future has its rights; that distant generations of our
-own flesh and blood are far more to us than present millions of other
-races; that the knowledge, the possessions, the aims, that we have
-inherited are but a trust to be passed on to the nation yet to be.
-
-And to those who live not only in the present but also in past ages by
-insight and association, the transitory stewardship of things becomes
-the only view possible. In this generation I possess a gem, a scarab,
-a carving: it is almost indestructible, it may be lost for a time but
-will reappear again a thousand, five thousand, twenty thousand years
-hence in some one else’s hands, and be again a delight and a revelation
-of past thought, as it is to-day. We have no right to destroy or
-suppress what happens just for the present to be in our power. To do so
-is to take the position of a Vandal in the sack of Rome.
-
-[Sidenote: Rights of the past.]
-
-The past also has its rights, though statues may be misappropriated
-and churches be “restored.” A work that has cost days, weeks, or
-years of toil has a right to existence. To murder a man a week before
-his time we call a crime; what are we to call the murder of years
-of his labour? Or, without touching life, what difference is there
-between putting a man in prison for a year so that he cannot work, and
-destroying a year’s work when it is done? If anything, the balance is
-in favour of preventing rather than destroying his work. Every monument
-we see has been lovingly intended, carefully carved, piously erected,
-in hopes that it would last. And who are we to defeat all that thought
-and labour? Every tablet, every little scarab, is a portion of life
-solidified;--so much will, so much labour, so much living reality. When
-we look closely into the work we seem almost to watch the hand that did
-it; this stone is a day, a week, of the life of some living man. I know
-his mind, his feeling, by what he has thought and done on this stone.
-I live with him in looking into his work, and admiring, and valuing
-it. Shall I then turn on him like a wild beast and kill so much of his
-life? Surely if we would draw back from wiping out a few years of the
-life of some man with whom we have no sympathies, far more should we
-shrink from even hurting the beautiful and cherished result of the life
-of a man whose mind we admire and honour in his work. I give my life
-to do so much work in it, and if I were to know that every night the
-work of the day would be annihilated, I had rather be relieved of the
-trouble of living. In all worth, in all realness, the life of past men
-preserved to us has rights as veritably as the life of present men.
-
-The work of the archaeologist is to save lives; to go to some senseless
-mound of earth, some hidden cemetery, and thence bring into the
-comradeship of man some portions of the lives of this sculptor, of
-that artist, of the other scribe; to make their labour familiar to us
-as a friend; to resuscitate them again, and make them to live in the
-thoughts, the imaginations, the longing, of living men and women; to
-place so much of their living personality current side by side with our
-own labours and our own thoughts. And has not the past its rights, as
-well as the present and the future?
-
-What care then, what conscience, must be put into the work of
-preserving as much as possible of the past lives which those about
-us are wishing to know and to share in. The mummy of Rameses or of
-Thothmes, the portrait of the builder of the great pyramid (Fig.
-65), or of the Pharaoh of the Exodus (Fig. 66) is a permanent mental
-possession of all cultivated mankind, as long as our literature shall
-last. The knowledge of the growth of the great civilisation of Egypt,
-from the days of men clad in goat-skins to the height of its power, has
-all been reconstructed in the past ten years, and will be part of the
-common stock of our knowledge of man, so long as civilisation continues.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 65. The Builder of the Great Pyramid.]
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 66. The Pharaoh of the Exodus.]
-
-[Sidenote: Duties.]
-
-With the responsibilities before us of saving and caring for this past
-life of mankind, what must be our ethical view of the rights and duties
-of an archaeologist? Conservation must be his first duty, and where
-needful even destruction of the less important in order to conserve
-the more important. To uncover a monument, and leave it to perish
-by exposure or by plundering, to destroy thus what has lasted for
-thousands of years and might last for thousands to come, is a crime.
-Yet it is the incessant failing of the thoughtless amateur, who
-knows nothing of the business; and far too often also the inexcusable
-malpractice of those who know better. To wantonly destroy a monument
-by cutting pieces out, whether to put them in a museum or to hide
-them in a pile of curiosities, is unjustifiable if the whole can be
-preserved entire. In the case of only fragments remaining, a selection
-often must be chosen; yet even then copies of the whole of the material
-should be made and published all together. To unearth whole tombs or
-chambers full of objects, whether in an Egyptian cemetery or a Roman
-camp, and neglect to record and publish the facts of the position or
-groups of the objects, should debar the inefficient explorer from ever
-touching such places again. To remove things without ascertaining all
-that is possible about their age, meaning, and connections, is as
-inexcusable as it is easy. To undertake excavating, and so take the
-responsibilities for preserving a multitude of delicate and valuable
-things, unless one is prepared to deal with them efficiently, both
-mechanically and chemically, is like undertaking a surgical operation
-in ignorance of anatomy. To turn over a site without making any plans,
-or recording the positions and relations of things, may be plundering,
-but it is not archaeology. To remove and preserve only the pretty and
-interesting pieces, and leave the rest behind unnoticed, and separated
-from what gave them a value and a meaning, proves the spirit of a
-dealer and not that of a scholar. To leave a site merely plundered,
-without any attempt to work out its history, to see the meaning of the
-remains found, or to publish what may serve future students of the
-place or the subject, is to throw away the opportunities which have
-been snatched from those who might hate used them property.
-
-To suppose that excavating--one of the affairs which needs the widest
-knowledge--can be taken up by persons who are ignorant of most or all
-of the technical requirements, is a fatuity which has led, and still
-leads, to the most miserable catastrophes. Far better let things lie
-a few centuries longer under the ground, if they can be let alone,
-than repeat the vandalisms of past ages without the excuse of being a
-barbarian.
-
-[Sidenote: Future of Museums.]
-
-We must always have regard to what may be the condition of sites and
-of knowledge five hundred or five thousand years hence. For if you
-will deal with thousands of years you must take thousands of years
-into account. If a site is certain to be destroyed by natural causes,
-or the cupidity of man, then an imperfect examination and a defective
-record of it is better than none. But to ensure the fullest knowledge,
-and the most complete preservation of things, in the long run, should
-be the real aim. To raid the whole of past ages, and put all that we
-think effective into museums, is only to ensure that such things will
-perish in course of time. A museum is only a temporary place. There is
-not one storehouse in the world that has lasted a couple of thousand
-years. Only two or three bronze statues have come down to us from
-classical times preserved by each generation. A few pieces of gold work
-have been treasured for a little over a thousand years, but only in
-North Italy. And the whole of our present active clearance of things,
-that have hitherto lasted safe underground for six thousand years or
-more, practically ensures that they shall not last one thousand longer.
-The gold work will be the first thing to disappear, as it is even now
-disappearing every few years from museums into the melting-pot. And it
-is a serious question whether we are morally justified in thus ensuring
-its destruction by exposure. As a counsel of perfection I should like
-to see twenty electrotypes made of every bit of ancient gold and
-silver work, and these dispersed over all countries. It might then be
-considered whether it would not be a noble act to bury the whole of the
-gold where it would cost a national undertaking to recover it, say in a
-hundred fathoms of water, and so preserve it for future ages, when only
-a few wrecks of the electrotypes would have survived. The future of the
-rest of museum treasures cannot so certainly be anticipated. Bronze is
-sure to disappear in warfare sooner or later, especially as metals grow
-scarcer owing to exhaustion of mines. Ivories will probably vanish,
-like most fragile things, by mechanical damage. Pottery and vases will
-go the same way as the museum of Kertch, which was bashed to pieces
-by a disappointed European soldiery. Stone carving has a promise of
-longer life, especially if it is reused in buildings, and so saved from
-exposure and wear; for instance, whenever the Baptistry of Pisa may
-fall to pieces, a mine of Latin inscriptions will come to light. But,
-broadly speaking, there is no likelihood that the majority of things
-now in museums will yet be preserved anything like as long as they
-have already lasted. The hordes of anarchy and of Asia have never left
-Europe alone for more than a few centuries.
-
-[Sidenote: Publications.]
-
-It is then to the written record, and the published illustrations,
-that the future will have mainly to look. Our books will probably not
-last more than a few hundred years; and it will be reprints of the
-most valued, and summaries of the others that will be the sources of
-knowledge in the future thousands. The wide spread of publications in
-different countries, which are never likely to all undergo eclipses
-simultaneously, is the best guarantee for the permanence of knowledge.
-But by the time the First Dynasty has doubled its age, we cannot
-expect, that the greater part of our record of it will still be
-known. Certainly the inefficient and inconclusive books will vanish
-first; and the more compact and generally used a work is, the longer
-are its chances of life. We must always remember therefore that in
-archaeological work we are removing what would be as solid proof
-to future ages as it is now to us; and we are trusting all future
-knowledge of the facts to inflammable paper, and the goodwill of
-successive generations, many of whom may have very different interests.
-Had any past age of civilisation dug up and removed every trace of the
-earlier times, and committed all the results to their literature, we
-should not be able to learn anything but some brief summary, nor glean
-but a few trifling fragments, which would have lost their meaning and
-connection.
-
-[Sidenote: State Claims.]
-
-And here we come against another large ethical question of the rights
-of the individual against the community, in the claim made by the state
-to interfere with property in antiquities, in ways in which it does
-not interfere with any other property. From past ages the English law
-has claimed for the Crown all treasure accidentally discovered. Such a
-law is the best way to ensure that no such discoveries are made known,
-and to drive the finder to put all such treasures in the melting pot.
-The actual gain to the Crown is ignorably trivial, certainly not an
-average of a thousand pounds a year; yet, in order to grab this trifle,
-the law drove all such treasures to destruction. At last an improvement
-was made by the Crown only demanding specimens needed for the national
-collection, and paying intrinsic value for them. Even some old
-candlesticks, the proceeds of an XVIIIth century burglary, were claimed
-when accidentally found.
-
-And when the state does not claim, the landlord or tenant makes a
-claim, which is just as bad, as such claims lead workmen always to
-conceal and sell surreptitiously the antiquities which are continually
-found in all working in old towns. The only law which could act for
-the full preservation of antiquities would be the grant of the entire
-rights to the finder if he proclaims his find, but no rights in what
-he does not proclaim. The actual average gains of an average landlord
-_per annum_ by discoveries of antiquities are at present incalculably
-small, probably not a farthing in the pound on the rental or anything
-near that. Hence there would be no perceptible loss by granting finds
-to the finder; and everything would be saved and preserved as it was
-found. At least a beginning could be made by landlords and public
-bodies offering full intrinsic value for any gold and silver found on
-their premises; they could not lose by that, and they might gain large
-profits in the archaeological value of things. To suppose that (without
-great precautions) they can get the whole value of finds by simply
-claiming them, is fatuous.
-
-This same fatuous idea pervades many governments. It is thought that
-by simply making a law, digging can be prevented, or antiquities can
-be kept in a country. Such laws merely enforce an extensive illicit
-system, through which valuable and important things can readily be
-removed in defiance of law, whenever they are found. There is not a
-country from which any antiquity could not be removed by sufficient
-care in smuggling. Every national museum has its underground feeders,
-knows how to defeat the laws of other countries, and incessantly grows
-in spite of laws. To seize property without paying its real value
-is seldom a profitable proceeding in the long run, and that is what
-every government tries to do with antiquities. The Italian government
-has confiscated a large part of the values of private collections, by
-forbidding the exportation of any important picture or statue. And yet
-such things can and do leave Italy. The Greek government, as well as
-the Turkish, forbid the exportation of any and every kind of antiquity;
-yet fine things from both lands continually come over to the West.
-
-[Sidenote: State Rights.]
-
-These confiscatory laws, these claims on private property on behalf
-of the state, are more or less illogical nibblings on a wide claim
-which no state has ventured yet to formulate,--namely, that all
-objects of past generations are public property. This means, if
-fully carried out, that no person can own any object of antiquity as
-private property. No private collections would be possible in such a
-condition, all would belong to the state. Of course there is a huge
-amount of material which is duplicate, and not needed in a national
-collection; but the state claims would be maintained if all collections
-must be placed in a public building, (such as a local museum) where
-they could be seen. The energy of collectors, the transfer of specimens
-from one to another, would not be stopped, only the objects would be
-compulsorily visible in a public place. And everything wanted for a
-national collection would be transferred. This condition of things is
-slowly being reached by the state buying important objects continually,
-when they are sold on changing hands. But the logical outcome of the
-present laws and present tendency would be this nationalisation of all
-antiquities. Whether such a result would be satisfactory at all points
-may be doubted; but it is clearly a position to which all changes at
-present tend. If fully and honourably carried out by the state paying
-the finder full value for all it took, and giving up confiscation of
-all sorts, the result would probably be the best that could happen for
-archaeology.
-
-One great result of defining the position thus, would be to prevent any
-ancient buildings being destroyed or altered without state consent. If
-every structure, say, over five hundred years old, needed three months’
-notice to an inspector before it could be pulled down or dealt with,
-there would be a great check on the present changes. Every cathedral
-and church, every castle and manor-house, would need special licence
-for changes in all parts older than the prescribed limit. A notice of
-one week might be required for the destruction of structures as yet not
-known, which were unearthed in course of digging. Such a protection of
-monuments would not affect vested interests or property values nearly
-as much as an ordinary railway bill that passes through Parliament
-without a protest; and it seems not too much to hope that such a
-protection of all monuments of historic interest might be carried out.
-The legal position might take the form of pronouncing all ancient
-buildings, stone circles, and earthworks the ultimate property of the
-Crown, with the existing owners having full powers as trustees for the
-Crown to preserve, use, and enjoy such property, and to sell or devise
-such trusteeship in every way as if the property was not beyond the age
-limit of private property. Only the right of destruction and alteration
-would be reserved.
-
-A state register of works of art is desired by Professor Ernest
-Gardner, who proposes that (1) the ownership of works of ancient art
-and sculptures and pictures by great masters should be entered on a
-register in charge of a public registrar; (2) the registrar should have
-a right to see to the safety of such objects; (3) any fairly qualified
-scholar may apply to be entered on a register of students kept by the
-registrar; (4) owners of registered works must fix times for exhibition
-to students or to the public, or else a registered student must be
-allowed to see any work within a reasonable period; (5) the owner, if
-absent, must appoint some one to preserve and exhibit such works; (6)
-in case of sale of a work to a foreign country, the government shall
-have the option of retaining it at the price fixed for the sale.
-
-[Sidenote: Excavating Laws.]
-
-The attitude of foreign governments regarding scientific excavating has
-not been happy. Too often the prohibitions have been used not in the
-interests of archaeology, but for promoting plundering. Because it is
-easy to drop on an open excavation, all regular excavations have been
-fenced with severe difficulties and costs; while in Greece and Turkey
-none of the proceeds have been allowed to the finder. On the other
-hand, it is difficult to always drop on a surreptitious native, and the
-sympathy of the courts--in Egypt at least--is openly on the side of
-the plundering native, who is seldom punished for anything. Hence the
-curious situation is that the whole values of the property have been
-solely created by the labours and study of the archaeologist; yet he is
-almost debarred from using the material which an ignorant peasant may
-dig and destroy as he pleases.
-
-The form of law which is wanted is (1) the punishment of all
-destruction or removal of antiquities, by a special court, independent
-of local sympathies or favouring of the plunderer; (2) the rigid
-requirement of technical knowledge and ability in those who excavate,
-with the condition that everything is published promptly, and that
-nothing found can be sold or pass except into a public museum; (3)
-the right of the government of each country to such objects as are
-necessary to the national collection, on reimbursing whatever may have
-been given as bakhshish to the finder, and some proportion of the costs
-according to the case.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIV
-
-THE FASCINATION OF HISTORY
-
-
-The love of past times, the craving for that which is gone, is one of
-the more obscure instincts which appears to be brought forward by the
-wider growth of interests of the mind. It takes many forms; it appeals
-to the intellect, to the curiosity, to the affections; yet it is really
-a single instinct, and one which, from its strength, must spring from a
-primal cause.
-
-The sense of loss touches us at every sunset, and in anticipation
-tinges all the afternoon with the sense of lengthening shadows. Even
-the things that seem most common, least worthy, when in use, all gain
-some being as time passes. Each little thing, that carelessly we value
-not at first, grows rich with store of years. As Antony says--
-
- You all do know this mantle: I remember
- The first time ever Caesar put it on;
- ’Twas on a summer’s evening in his tent,
- That day he overcame the Nervii.
-
-Still more do places gain their hold upon us, unheeded at the time.
-A store of memories of days spent amid strong associations, that
-stirred and built the mind, are the truest riches in all after-life.
-We dwell upon those portions of the past, those days at Athens, or
-Florence, or in the Forum, as on a treasure; they are a portion of our
-life crystallised into the structure of our thoughts--a haven of the
-imagination.
-
-And how much deeper still is the sense of the past when we turn to
-friends,--or even closer yet. One whom perhaps we hardly heeded in our
-daily life, is dignified at once by the irrevocable. But all this is
-merely our personal regret: the direct, selfish, individual interest.
-
- But the tender grace of a day that is dead
- Will never come back to me.
-
-Let us step from this out into the past beyond our personal touch. See
-now a churchyard, tall in grass, with the dial on its stand, which each
-generation has passed by--how full of memories of gone years it is,
-how the eye clings to its weathered disc and minds that so it was on
-the day of Trafalgar or the Boyne; while by its side is the old carved
-sarcophagus tomb of some Turkey merchant, silently showing his virtues
-to each changing time, and calming the mind with quiet age. We love
-such for the sake of the past, which draws us to its bosom to make one
-more link in the long chain.
-
-And pass inside the church, where Tudor and Edwardian, and Norman and
-Saxon, have each poured out their souls; in which every stone seems
-saturated with their longings; where pleadings and rejoicings seem to
-mutely fill the dead air; where the walls have echoed every bride and
-every infant and every mourner through all the changing generations;
-where _Fæder ure_ has yielded to _pater noster_ before even our
-familiar supplications were ever heard. This indeed holds us as if it
-were a place where we can actually live with the past selves that have
-made us, and be at one with those who would have craved to see us in
-the ages beyond them.
-
-And if past loves and hopes seem thus to give their life to the
-lasting walls, how fearful is the breath of terror that clings round
-every stone of the Colosseum. One single mangled death there made ten
-thousand fiends of men who sat on those benches; and every year had
-its thousands of such agonies, through all the centuries. The mass of
-horror beyond all thought that dwells in that arena, is only exceeded
-by the thousandfold fire of cruelty that has burnt on those seats
-around. The place is hell petrified.
-
-And, within a stone’s throw of that, how the whole past, from which our
-present ages have sprung, lives before us in the Forum. The triumphs
-where the beauty of Greek art served but to make the clumsy westerner
-gape; where the noblest blood of other lands,--Perseus, Caractacus,
-Zenobia,--has stood abased; where the barbaric Goth has fiercely joyed
-in splendid pillage of its wondrous wealth; where Theodoric and Karl
-had each hoped to restore the shattered decay, with the rough material
-of their own kin, which needed yet a thousand years of hewing; a space
-of greater hopes and dreads, greater successes and failures, than any
-other acre that we know.
-
-And yet, before all this, there passed age after age of men, who built
-up civilisations which we just begin to perceive. The golden splendour
-of Mykenae, the earlier magnificence of Minoan Knossos, the delicate
-wares of still older Crete, all live with the same life as ourselves,
-all are precious to us as if we had made them, all make us fellow minds
-with those who thought and fashioned and treasured such things in like
-manner to ourselves.
-
-Turn now to our own land, and on a wide western moor stand within a
-ring of grey stones, which our own flesh and blood there placed in
-faith and trust, for something greater than the cares of daily life;
-so far from us in generations, so far from us in thoughts, that we can
-hardly grasp the pulse of the same life with them, and feel what they
-felt. Yet it draws us like those sounds which were the first music to
-man, the sough of the wind in the wood, and the lap of the wave on the
-shore, ever the sweetest yet to ourselves. And the grey stones still
-touch us and bind our thoughts and our love of all our forefathers to
-themselves in elemental memories.
-
-What underlies all this fascination of the past? What is it that thus
-moves men
-
- In thinking of the days that are no more?
-
-It is the same great attraction, whether it be a personal memory, or
-the being of our forefathers, or a page strong with past life in some
-history, or the handling of the drinking bowls of the oldest kings of
-the earth as they come from the dust of Egypt. It is but one sense in
-varied forms. It is the love of life.
-
-In primal seas first sprang that love of life,--of preservation, of
-continuity of life. Even long before man it led to the moral growth
-of self-sacrifice, of affection, of social union. In man it led the
-Stoic on to the brotherhood of all men, and the responsibility of
-man for man. It has led the modern forward to the brotherhood of all
-existing life, the responsibility for the animal as well as the man.
-It now leads us on to clinging to the life of our ancestors, their
-being, and their natures; and beyond that to the fascination of all
-history, as being the continuity of life, the ever-shifting changes of
-the one great chain which we see around us at its present stage, and
-of which we form part. The man who knows and dwells in history adds a
-new dimension to his existence; he no longer lives in the one plane
-of present ways and thoughts, he lives in the whole space of life,
-past, present, and dimly future. He sees the present narrow line of
-existence, momentarily fluctuating, as one stage, like innumerable
-other stages that have each been the all-important present to the
-short-sighted people of their own day. He values the present as the
-most complete age of history for study, as explaining the past. He
-values the past as the long continuity that has brought about the
-result of the present, in which he happens to breathe. He lives in all
-time; the ages are his, all live alike to him; the present is not more
-real than the past, any more than the room in which he sits is more
-real than the rest of the world. Cleaving to that one stream of life
-which branch by branch has flowed through so many channels in all the
-ages, and still runs on into the future, he can give account of the
-Fascination of History.
-
-
-
-
-INDEX
-
-
- Ab-nub-mes-uazet-user statuette, 158
-
- Abusir lotus capital, 163
-
- Abydos, Osireion, chain clearing, _frontispiece_
-
- „ temple, black pottery, 166
-
- „ „ copper figure, 166
-
- „ „ excavation of, 173
-
- Account keeping, 35–37
-
- Accumulations of town, rate of, 9, 11
-
- Accuracy in levelling, 59
-
- „ „ observing, 50
-
- „ „ recording, 49–50
-
- Accusations against workmen, 40
-
- Adjustment of stuff in moving, 42
-
- „ „ vase-fragments, 70–71
-
- Advances of money, 35
-
- Adzes, dating of, 14
-
- Aegean pottery, 145–170
-
- Age of objects in plate-heading, 115
-
- „ „ towns, 11
-
- Akhenaten (Amenhotep IV), 147, 148, 152, 154, 155
-
- Alignment of drawings, 115
-
- Amateur digging, 1, 3, 48, 179, 180
-
- Amenhotep II, 148
-
- „ III, 139, 145, 148, 152, 153–155
-
- „ IV (Akhenaten), 147, 148, 152, 154, 155
-
- America, possible saving of history by, 134
-
- Amphora, Cretan, 166
-
- Ancient civilisations, 191–192
-
- Angles, calculation of, 57, 58
-
- „ of vases measured, 71, 103
-
- Antiquities, exportation of, 184
-
- „ exposure of, 172
-
- „ nationalisation of, 185
-
- „ preservation of, 85–104
-
- „ sale of, 187
-
- „ securing of, 33
-
- „ smuggling of, 184
-
- „ thrown away, 132
-
- Approaches to site of work, 28
-
- Arabic, necessity for, 6
-
- Archaeological duties, 177–178
-
- „ evidence, 136–168
-
- „ experience, 3, 4, 14
-
- „ responsibilities, 170, 178
-
- Archaeology, classical, 2
-
- „ conditions of progress, 130
-
- „ hindered by present museums, 130
-
- „ mistakes in, 139–140
-
- „ narrow definition of, 2
-
- „ progress depends on space, 133
-
- „ systematic, 122–135
-
- Architecture, photographing of, 74, 75, 78
-
- Arrangement of objects, 79
-
- „ „ plates, 114–117
-
- „ „ text, 119–120
-
- „ „ work, 41–47
-
- „ with publishers, 120
-
- Athenaeus confirmed, 143
-
- Author’s alterations, 120–121
-
- Autotypes, 119
-
- Awls, 113
-
- Azab, wooden floor of, 77
-
-
- Backgrounds for photography, 79
-
- Backing of frescoes, 96–98
-
- _Bakhshish_, 33–35, 188
-
- „ accounts, 35
-
- Banking accounts of men, 35
-
- Barrels for soaking stones, 86
-
- Bases of vases drawn, 70–71
-
- „ „ „ sorted, 103
-
- Basket-boys, and picks, 31–32
-
- Baskets, 33, 44–45
-
- Beads, 14, 15
-
- „ pattern of, 52, 95, 96
-
- „ position of, 52, 95
-
- „ seldom of mixed ages, 150
-
- Bead-work, 95
-
- Beeswax, 66, 67, 71, 80, 90, 95, 102
-
- Bell, 113
-
- Benzol, 92
-
- „ wax in, 91
-
- Black incised ware, 160–162, 163–164, 167
-
- „ velvet for backgrounds, 79
-
- Blank sheets in spacing drawings, 63
-
- Block-tints for vases, 70
-
- Blocks returned after use, 121
-
- „ zinc, 68
-
- Blotting-paper, 89
-
- Boats, prehistoric, 167
-
- Bone point, 98
-
- Bones, cleaning of, 76
-
- „ marking, 51
-
- „ preserving, 90
-
- Bonsor, discoveries in Spain, 159–160
-
- Book-post for drawings, 64
-
- „ seller, 121
-
- Bosnia, black incised ware, 161, 162, 167
-
- Boxes, grain of wood in, 110
-
- „ making of, 109–111
-
- „ nailing of, 110
-
- „ nests of, 109, 113
-
- „ with bars, 106
-
- Box-sextant, 55–56, 113
-
- Boys, ages of, 20–21
-
- „ chain of, 44, _front._
-
- „ collecting, 44
-
- „ in work, 24
-
- „ throwing, 44
-
- „ use of, 32
-
- Brace and bits, 113
-
- Bracelet of Zer, 80
-
- Brass, treatment of, 100
-
- Brick, burnt, 10
-
- „ mounds, 10
-
- „ walls, tracing of, 46–47
-
- „ -work, 9
-
- Bricks, age of, 47
-
- „ colour of, 46
-
- „ size of, 47, 52
-
- Brims of vases drawn, 70–71
-
- „ „ „ sorted, 103
-
- British Museum, growth of, 134
-
- Bronze, destruction of, 181
-
- „ hypocephalus, 76
-
- „ statues, preservation of, 180
-
- „ treatment of, 100–101
-
- „ vases, Idaean cave, 155
-
- Brunswick black, marking with, 52
-
- Brushes, 91, 98, 112, 113
-
- Brushing, 86, 87, 89, 98, 100
-
- Bügelkanne, _see False-necked vases_
-
- Builder of Great Pyramid, 178
-
- Buildings, destruction of, 185–186
-
- „ photographing, 75, 78
-
- „ planning, 52–55
-
- „ restoration of, 172, 185
-
- Burials, primary and secondary, 52
-
- „ undisturbed, 12
-
- Burnt groups, 145–146
-
- „ papyri, 95
-
- Buttons of VI–VII Dyn., 162
-
- Buttresses left in digging, 30
-
-
- Cairo museum a failure, 131
-
- „ rubbish-mounds, 11
-
- Calculation of angles, 57
-
- Camel-hair brush, 91, 98
-
- „ transport, 112
-
- Camera, 73–75
-
- „ copying-, 81
-
- „ direction of, 80
-
- „ hand-, 74, 75
-
- „ -legs, 81
-
- „ pattern of, 73–74
-
- „ setting up of, 80
-
- „ size of, 74
-
- „ -stand, 81
-
- Camp requirements, 6
-
- Carbolic acid, 89, 101
-
- Carbonised papyri, 94
-
- Card blackened for small stops, 75
-
- „ -board for drawing, 68
-
- „ slips, 78
-
- „ tube, 74
-
- „ with concentric circles, 71
-
- Carefulness, means of securing, 34
-
- Carrier-boys, 30, 41, 43
-
- Carrying, 30, 32
-
- Cartonnage, 52
-
- Cartridge-paper, 109, 113
-
- Cases, grain of wood in, 110
-
- „ making of, 109–111
-
- „ nailing of, 110
-
- „ with bars, 106
-
- Casting, 64–66
-
- „ backs of frescoes, 97–98
-
- Casts of statues, 172–173
-
- „ plaster, 64–66
-
- „ „ photographing from, 77
-
- Celluloid, 71
-
- Celtic pottery like pan-grave, 159–160
-
- Cementing disintegrated granite, 87
-
- „ sculptures in walls, 86, 171
-
- Cemetery site, nature of, 11, 12
-
- Chain of boys, _frontispiece_, 44
-
- Chambers, contents of, 52
-
- „ emptying of, 44
-
- Charcoal, 47, 80, 90
-
- „ dust, 76
-
- Chemical knowledge, need of, 85, 171
-
- Chromo-lithography, 118
-
- China ink, drawing with, 68
-
- „ „ marking with, 52, 76
-
- Choice of facts in recording, 49
-
- „ „ workmen, 21
-
- Claims of landlord, 183
-
- „ „ State, 183–184
-
- Classification of material, 115, 119–120
-
- Clay moulds, 65
-
- Cleaning of bones, 76
-
- „ „ bronzes, 100–101
-
- „ „ gold, 98
-
- „ „ iron, 102
-
- „ „ pottery, 76
-
- „ „ silver, 98, 99
-
- Clearance at edge, 43
-
- „ from bottom, 42
-
- „ of sites, 41–43, 174, 181
-
- Clues in digging, 5
-
- Coffin, 52
-
- Coinage, wastage of, 150
-
- Coin impressions, 66, 67, 77
-
- „ restorations, 149
-
- Coins, casting, 77
-
- „ cleaning, 99
-
- Cold chisel, 112, 113
-
- Collectors, 48, 185
-
- Collotype, 74, 118
-
- Colossi, transport of, 107
-
- Colour on slabs, 87
-
- „ preservation of, 87–88
-
- „ -printing for vases, 70
-
- Columns, packing of, 107
-
- Commerce, prehistoric, 167
-
- Commission on sales, 121
-
- Commissioners, utility of, 170
-
- Compass, prismatic, 55, 113
-
- Compasses, 57
-
- Complex forms fade soon, 128
-
- Conservation, 5, 130–135
-
- Contracts, 121
-
- Copper figures, 166
-
- „ treatment of, 99
-
- Copying graffiti, 72
-
- „ inscriptions, 61–63, 72
-
- „ walls, 61–63, 72
-
- Corner-posts to boxes, 109
-
- _Corpus_ of pottery, 124
-
- „ system, 123–126
-
- Cost of publication of drawings, 68, 117
-
- „ „ „ „ photographs, 118
-
- „ „ „ „ text, 120
-
- Cotton, 109
-
- „ wool, 66, 97, 107, 109
-
- „ „ not with papyri, 94
-
- Cretan connections, XVIII Dyn., 155
-
- „ „ XII „ , 158
-
- „ „ VI „ , 162
-
- „ „ IV „ , 163
-
- „ „ I „ , 166
-
- Cross-bars in packing, 106
-
- „ partitions in packing, 111
-
- Crowbars, 33, 112
-
- Crown property, 183, 186
-
- Crystal, inscriptions on, 76
-
- Cultivation of sites, 174
-
- Curators of museums, 49, 172
-
- Cutting down from edge of work, 42
-
- Cutting-out knives, dating of, 15
-
- Cylinders, impressions of, 66, 67
-
-
- Damping of papyri, 93
-
- Daphnae, 10, 13, 143–144
-
- Dark room, 83
-
- Dated objects, 4, 14–15, 52
-
- Dating of adzes, 14
-
- „ „ beads, 14
-
- „ „ cutting-out knives, 15
-
- „ „ mounds, 17
-
- „ „ objects in general, 4, 14–17
-
- Day and piece work combined, 30, 32
-
- „ -pay, 24, 27–31
-
- Dealers in antiquities, 3, 25, 38–39, 48
-
- Decomposition of glazes, 88
-
- Decoration in bead-work, 95
-
- Defeneh, 10, 13, 143–144
-
- Den, tomb of, 44
-
- Dentist’s wax, 67
-
- Deposits, foundation, 80
-
- Desert views, 1
-
- Destruction by wet-squeezing, 61
-
- „ of antiquities, 170–171, 172
-
- „ „ buildings, 10, 185–186
-
- „ „ evidence, 48
-
- „ „ information, 171
-
- „ „ monuments, 179
-
- „ „ sculptures, 86, 172
-
- „ „ site, 174
-
- Detail, verification of, 50
-
- Developers, 82–83
-
- „ proportions in, 82
-
- Developing, 82–84
-
- Development of tools, 14
-
- Diagonal bars for box-lids, 106
-
- „ driving of nails, 110, 111
-
- „ lighting, 77
-
- „ mirror in photographing, 75
-
- Digging by amateurs, 1, 3, 48, 179, 180
-
- „ purpose of, 1
-
- „ regularity of, 28
-
- Diktaean copper figures, 166
-
- Dilettante work, 1, 3, 48
-
- Diorite bowl, Crete, 163
-
- „ statue, Crete, 158
-
- Diospolis Parva, pottery from, 160
-
- Direction of lighting, 77
-
- Discoveries, age of, 175
-
- „ casual, 170
-
- Discrimination of sites, 9
-
- „ „ style, 14, 17–18
-
- „ „ walls, 46–47
-
- Disintegration of granite, 87
-
- „ „ stone by salt, 86
-
- Disobedience to orders, 35
-
- Distance from lens, 80
-
- Distinguishing brick-walls, 46–47
-
- Distortion in photography, 74
-
- Divided rod, 54–55, 113
-
- Doctoring of natives, 38
-
- „ „ workmen, 37–38
-
- Door-sills, 52
-
- „ ways, 52
-
- Double-plates, 116
-
- Drab pottery at Mykenae, 148
-
- Draughtsman wanted for _corpus_, 126
-
- Drawing boards, 113
-
- „ by lamplight, 62
-
- „ facsimile, 5, 68
-
- „ from squeezes, 62–63
-
- „ interpretation in, 68
-
- „ plan, 5, 68
-
- „ thickness of lines in, 69, 115
-
- „ vases from fragments, 70–71
-
- Drawings, cutting up, 63
-
- „ packing of, 63–64
-
- „ posting of, 64
-
- „ reduction of, 69
-
- „ reproduction of, 68, 115
-
- „ returned after use, 121
-
- „ scales of, 69
-
- Dressing of graves, 76–77
-
- „ „ objects, 76
-
- Driving of nails, 110, 111
-
- Drop-shutter view, 75
-
- Dry squeezes, 61–63
-
-
- Ebony stain, 68
-
- „ statuette, 78
-
- Editions, varieties of, 119
-
- Egypt and Europe, 141–168
- _see Europe_
-
- Electro-types, 181
-
- Electrum, 98
-
- El Hibeh, 9
-
- Engineers, wrecking by, 170, 174
-
- Engraving, Swan electric, 119
-
- Enkomi, tombs at, 152, 154, 155, 156
-
- Enlarged photographs, 74, 75, 80, 81
-
- Ether, 92
-
- Ethics of archaeology, 169–188
-
- Europe and Egypt,
- XXVI Dyn., 142–144
- XVIII „ , 144–156
- XII „ , 156–161
- VI „ , 162, 167
- IV „ , 163, 165, 167
- I „ , 164–166, 167
-
- prehistoric, 167–168
-
- Evidence, by collocation, 139, 150
-
- „ by scarabs and coins, 149
-
- „ failures of, 139–140
-
- „ from burnt groups, 145–146
-
- „ „ copied forms, 163
-
- „ „ houses, 148
-
- „ „ paintings, 144–145
-
- „ „ rubbish mounds, 147, 156–157
-
- „ „ tombs, 150–153
-
- „ in a single object, 138
-
- „ nature of, 136–140
-
- Excavation, hindrance to, 187
-
- „ purpose of, 1
-
- „ recording results of, 124
-
- Excavator, qualifications of, 1–7, 19, 36, 85
-
- „ responsibilities of, 1, 8, 174
-
- Exhaustion, evidence by, 137, 139
-
- „ of metals, 181
-
- „ „ sites, 174–175
-
- Exodus, Pharaoh of, 178
-
- Experience, archaeological, 3–4
-
- Exposure in photography, 75, 78, 79, 82
-
- „ of sites, 178
-
- Extortion by overseers, 25
-
- Extra plates for students, 119
-
-
- Faces, flaking of, 87
-
- „ of limestone, 87, 88
-
- Facts, stating of, 50
-
- False-necked vases, 145, 146, 153–154
-
- „ „ „ variation with age, 153–154
-
- Families of workmen, 39
-
- Fascination of history, 189–193
-
- Files, 113
-
- Filling, 13, 47, 52
-
- „ and carrying, 32
-
- Films, curling of, 83
-
- „ packing of, 83–84
-
- „ rapidity of, 75
-
- Finest lines in drawing, 69
-
- Finger-work in excavating, 6–7
-
- Flake-white, use of, 77
-
- Flaking of faces, 87
-
- Flint knife obtained whole, 34–35
-
- Flooring, wooden, 76, 77
-
- Focus, 74–75, 80, 81
-
- Foil, gold, 67–68
-
- „ tin, 67
-
- Foot-notes, 120
-
- Foreigners’ use of plates, 116
-
- Forms of pottery, 16–17
-
- „ „ „ duration of, 128–129
-
- Fort-mounds, Defeneh, 10
-
- Forum, excavation of, 173
-
- „ interest of, 191
-
- „ pottery at, 126
-
- Foundation deposit, 80
-
- Fragments, means of securing, 34
-
- „ method of drawing, 70–71
-
- „ sorting and joining, 102–104
-
- Frame for drawing vase-fragments, 70–71
-
- „ „ supporting fresco, 96–97
-
- „ of strings for scale-drawing, 72
-
- „ with backing of muslin, 65
-
- Free-swinging lens, 80
-
- French chalk, 65
-
- Frescoes, 52, 88, 96–97
-
- Fuller’s earth, 92
-
- Furniture, successive ages of, 127
-
- Future ages, rights of, 175–176
-
- „ condition of museums, 133
-
- „ destruction of museums, 180–182
-
-
- Gang, proportions of, 44
-
- Gangs of workmen, 26, 27, 32
-
- Gauging of stuff to be removed, 42
-
- Gelatine for extracting salt, 89–90, 92
-
- Gems, photographing, 77
-
- Girls as workers, 23, 24, 75
-
- Gizeh, tomb of Sem-nefer, 78
-
- Glass background, 79
-
- „ waxed for papyri, 94, 95
-
- Glaze, decomposition of, 88
-
- Glycerine, 91
-
- Glycin, 83
-
- Gold collar from Enkomi, 154
-
- „ foil, 67–68, 98
-
- „ pin, Cypriote, 155
-
- „ preservation of, 180–181
-
- „ treatment of, 98
-
- „ value offered for, 184
-
- Governments, attitude of, 183, 187
-
- Graeco-Egyptian vases, 144
-
- Graffiti, copying, 72
-
- Grave, age of, by sequence-dates, 129
-
- „ dressing of, 76–77
-
- Greece, _see Europe_
-
- „ conditions of work in, 26, 32, 33
-
- Greek pottery, 17
-
- „ workmen, 26–27
-
- Greeks in Egypt, 142–144, 146
-
- Grouping in museums, 132
-
- „ of objects as evidence, 139
-
- Groups in museums, 172
-
- „ numbering of, 51
-
- „ of ivories, 91
-
- „ of objects, 48–49, 51, 69, 115, 172, 179
-
- „ photographing of, 80, 81
-
- Guards to plates, 116, 117
-
- Gum, contraction of, 93
-
- Gurob, 145, 148, 151, 152, 153, 156
-
- Guttapercha moulds, 66
-
-
- Haematite paint, 166
-
- Hammer dressing, 105
-
- „ light, 99
-
- „ sledge, 112
-
- Headings of plates, 115
-
- Head-lines of text, 120
-
- Head-shawls, seizure of, 39
-
- _Helbeh_, 109
-
- Heliogravure, 119
-
- Hinges, 113
-
- History, fascination of, 189–193
-
- „ importance of, 4–5, 171, 193
-
- „ knowledge of, 4–5
-
- Hibeh, El, 9
-
- Hissarlik, black incised ware, 161, 167
-
- Holes, excavated, 43
-
- „ in bricks, 47
-
- Hollow feet to vases, 166
-
- Hollows in ground, 11, 12, 13, 44
-
- Hollows in inscriptions, 76
-
- „ „ packing, 108
-
- Hone-stone, 113
-
- Honesty in workmen, 22, 34, 37
-
- Horemheb, 147
-
- Horizontal position, photographing, 80
-
- Huts, mud, of excavators, 6
-
- Hypocephalus, bronze, 76
-
-
- Ialysos, tomb at, 152
-
- Idaean cave, bronze vases, 155
-
- „ „ carved dish, 155
-
- Idleness, remedies for, 21, 28
-
- Illness among workmen, 31, 37–38
-
- Impressions of cylinders, 66
-
- Indestructibility of small antiquities, 176
-
- Index to books, 120
-
- India-rubber for dry-squeezing, 63
-
- Indications after rain, 13
-
- „ of nature of site, 12, 13
-
- Indices of types required, 124
-
- Infectious illness, 38
-
- Inking in of drawings, 61, 63, 68
-
- „ „ „ squeezes, 61
-
- Inks for drawing, 52, 68
-
- Ink-writing copied, 72
-
- „ „ photographed, 79
-
- Inscriptions, columns and lines, 72
-
- „ copying, 60–63, 72
-
- „ „ before removal, 53
-
- „ made legible, 76
-
- „ on stone, 76
-
- „ sanded, 76
-
- Insight in excavating, 4–6
-
- Inspectorship of antiquities, 185
-
- Instantaneous shutter, 75
-
- Instruments, use of, 54–55
-
- Inventory-sheets for small objects, 69–70
-
- Iron, treatment of, 102
-
- Ironing textiles, 89
-
- Irregularities in plates, 115
-
- Israel stele, 62
-
- Ivory, destruction of, 181
-
- „ preservation of, 90–92
-
- „ tablet of Zer, 76
-
-
- Jaw, removal for measurement, 53
-
- Jelly for extracting salt, 89–90
-
- Jewellers’ tag-labels, 52, 113
-
- Joining fragments, 102–104
-
- „ sheets of drawings, 63
-
- Jointing of brickwork, 46, 76
-
- „ „ flooring, 76
-
-
- Kahun, black incised pottery, 160
-
- „ burials at, 151
-
- „ rubbish mound at, 156–158
-
- „ town site turned over, 41
-
- Kamares pottery, 158–159
-
- Kefti bring vases, 144
-
- Key-plans, 53
-
- Khataaneh, black incised ware, 160
-
- Khufu, portrait of, 178
-
- Khyan vase lid, 159
-
- Kitchen-paper, 109, 113
-
- Knife, cutting-out, development of, 15
-
- „ dinner-, uses of, 46–47, 94
-
- „ pen, 65, 93
-
- Knossos, carving, 163
-
- „ Egyptian figure from, 158
-
- „ pottery, 158, 166
-
- „ vase lid of Khyan, 159
-
- „ vases from, 158, 163
-
- Knowledge in recording, 49
-
- „ requisite for excavating, 187
-
- „ systematic, 123
-
- Koptos, 151
-
-
- Labelling objects, 52, 112
-
- Labels in museums, 112, 171
-
- „ „ packing, 112
-
- Labourers, control of, 5, 7, 22–23
-
- „ qualities of, 21
-
- „ selection of, 20
-
- „ training of, 5, 21–22
-
- Lachish, pottery at, 17
-
- Lamp, Cretan, 163
-
- Languages, knowledge of, required, 5–6
-
- Lantern-slides, 74, 81
-
- Laws, present, concerning archaeology, 182–184
-
- „ requisite, concerning archaeology, 185–188
-
- Laying out for photographing, 80
-
- Lead, treatment of, 102
-
- Legal evidences, 136–138
-
- „ proof accepted, 140–141
-
- Legal uncertainties, 140–141
-
- Length of bricks, 47
-
- „ „ ropes, 46
-
- Lens, distance from, 80
-
- „ free-swinging, 76
-
- „ wide-angle, 74
-
- Lettering of plates, 116
-
- Letters used for distinguishing sites, 51
-
- Levelling-mirror, 58–59, 113
-
- Levels of buildings, 173
-
- „ „ pottery for dating, 144
-
- „ „ walls, 52
-
- Libyan influence, 159
-
- Lids of boxes, 110
-
- Lifting in removing, 42, 44, 45
-
- Lighting by reflection, 78
-
- „ in photography, 77–79
-
- „ of museums, 131–132
-
- Lime-burners, destruction by, 10, 174
-
- Linen, glued, 94
-
- Lines, thickness of, in drawing, 69
-
- Liparite bowl, Crete, 163
-
- List of plates, 116, 120
-
- Lithography, chromo-, 118
-
- „ photo-, 55, 68–70, 117
-
- Locals according to villages, 31
-
- „ for carrying, 30–38
-
- Locks, 113
-
- Logarithms, 57
-
- Lotus capital, 163
-
-
- Magnifier, use in work, 47
-
- Maket tomb, 151–152, 156
-
- Manuscript, readiness for printing, 120
-
- Margins to plates, 116, 117
-
- Market money, 35–36
-
- Marking of bones, 51
-
- „ „ objects, 51–52, 112
-
- Material facts, evidence of, 137, 138
-
- Materials, presentment of, 50–51
-
- „ properties of, 85
-
- Measurement, accuracy of, 55
-
- „ in planning, 53–55
-
- „ in photography, 80
-
- „ of vase-fragments, 71
-
- „ „ walls, 54
-
- „ „ work, 28, 30
-
- Mechanical contrivances, 33, 43, 71, 72
-
- Medicines, 38
-
- Mediterranean civilisation, 141–168
-
- Medum tombs, 62–63
-
- Memory, in excavating, 18–19
-
- Mer-en-ptah, portrait of, 178
-
- Metals, treatment of, 98–102
-
- Method of plotting 3-point survey, 56
-
- Metre rod, 54–55, 113
-
- Mill-stones, Roman, 10
-
- Mirror, 78, 95
-
- „ diagonal, 75
-
- „ levelling, 58–59, 113
-
- Mistakes in naming objects, 3–4
-
- „ „ publication, 117
-
- Misuse of ropes, 45–46
-
- Mixture of objects of various ages, 150
-
- Monkey, violet glazed, 148
-
- Montfaucon, 123
-
- Moulds for casting, 60, 65–68
-
- Mounds of fort, Defeneh, 10
-
- „ „ town, 10, 11
-
- „ position of, 42
-
- „ throwing on, 41
-
- Mounting papyri, 94
-
- Moving of earth, 30, 43
-
- Mud-brick mounds, 10
-
- „ „ sun-dried, 9
-
- „ „ walls, tracing of, 46
-
- Museums, buildings unsuitable, 130–131
-
- „ curators of, 49, 172
-
- „ future of, 180–182
-
- „ grouping in, 132–133
-
- „ groups of objects in, 172
-
- „ growth of, 184
-
- „ lighting of, 131
-
- „ methods in, 86, 95, 101
-
- „ plundering for, 171
-
- „ present, hinder archaeology, 130
-
- „ preservation in, 180–182
-
- „ requirements of, 131–135
-
- „ sculptures in, 86, 172–173
-
- „ space needed in, 132–135
-
- „ unpacking in, 112
-
- „ use of, 176
-
- Muslin, 65
-
- Mykenae, objects from, 140, 148, 152, 156
-
- Mykenaean period, 127, 153
-
-
- Nails, 113
-
- „ diagonal driving of, 110, 111
-
- „ use of, 99
-
- Naqada, dressing of tomb, 77
-
- National Repository needed, 133–135
-
- Nationalisation of antiquities, 185
-
- Native digging, 175, 187
-
- Naukratis, 142–144
-
- Nebireh, 142
-
- Negatives, 82–84, 118
-
- Negress, ebony, 78
-
- Nekheb, goddess, 64
-
- Neolithic vase at Knossos, 166
-
- Net process, 118
-
- Nile boats, 112
-
- „ rise of, 174
-
- Nitric acid, 92
-
- Notation of successive ages, 127
-
- „ „ time in work, 29
-
- Note-taking in excavations, 52
-
- Nubian shore, submersion of, 170, 175
-
- Numbering of groups, 51
-
- „ „ objects on plates, 115
-
- „ „ plates, 117
-
- „ „ sheets of drawings, 63–64
-
- Numbers, printed, 70
-
- „ scratched on, 52
-
-
- Obelisks at Tanis, 9
-
- Objects, groups of, 48–49, 51, 69, 115, 172, 179
-
- „ inventory of, 69
-
- „ numbering of, 51
-
- „ outlining of, 69–70
-
- „ position of, 50, 52, 179
-
- „ preparing, 76
-
- „ scale of drawing, 69
-
- Oblique lighting, 77
-
- Observation, 9
-
- Oiling of moulds, 61, 66
-
- Organization of work, 5
-
- „ „ workmen, 5, 24, 31
-
- Order, historical, in plates, 115
-
- Outlining of small objects, 69–70
-
- Overseer or _reis_, 24–26
-
- Overlapping images, 56
-
- Overs, 121
-
-
- Packer, 111
-
- Packing frescoes, 97
-
- „ glass, 108
-
- „ materials, 109
-
- „ pottery, 108–109
-
- „ stones, 105–108
-
- Pads in packing, 106, 107
-
- Page-references to plates, 116, 120
-
- Paint-brushes, 113
-
- „ red, in cups, 166
-
- Paintings on tombs as evidence, 144–145
-
- Palestinian pottery, 17
-
- Pan-graves, 159–160
-
- Paper bags, 113
-
- „ for drawing, 68, 113
-
- „ „ packing, 109, 113
-
- „ „ printing, 118
-
- „ „ squeezing, 60, 113
-
- „ moulds, 60–61
-
- „ squeezes, 60–61, 64
-
- Papyri, photographing of, 79
-
- „ treatment of, 93–95
-
- Paraffin wax, 87, 89, 90, 91, 96, 102, 112
-
- Parcel-post boxes, 109, 113
-
- „ „ for drawings, 64
-
- Partitions in boxes, 111
-
- Passages, underground, 55
-
- Past quickly vanishing, 130
-
- „ love of, 189–193
-
- „ rights of, 176–178
-
- Pasting of papyri, 93, 94
-
- Patterns of gold collar, 154–155
-
- Payment by results, 33
-
- „ deductions for locals, 31
-
- „ proportions in, 31–32
-
- „ rate of, 29
-
- „ weekly, 35
-
- Pencil-cutting for outlining, 69–70
-
- Pendulum-mirror, 58
-
- Periods, of bronze and stone, 127
-
- „ successive, 127–130
-
- Pharaoh of Exodus, 178
-
- Philae, submersion of, 170
-
- Philistine, 64
-
- Photographic apparatus, 73
-
- „ developers, 82–83
-
- „ developing, 82–84
-
- „ drying, 83
-
- „ enlarging, 74, 80, 81
-
- „ films, 75
-
- „ reflectors, 78
-
- „ register of objects, 134
-
- „ washing, 83
-
- Photographing and drawing, 73
-
- „ of buildings, 73
-
- „ „ excavations, 73
-
- „ „ papyri, 79
-
- „ „ views, 74, 81
-
- „ „ wall-scenes, 81
-
- Photography, 73–84
-
- „ backgrounds in, 79
-
- „ dark room for, 83
-
- „ diagonal mirror in, 75
-
- „ drop-shutter in, 75
-
- „ lighting in, 77
-
- „ scale in, 80–81
-
- „ shadows in, 79
-
- „ skew-back, 75
-
- „ stereographic, 81–82
-
- Photo-lithography, 117
-
- „ „ colours reversed in, 70
-
- „ „ for drawings, 68
-
- „ „ „ plans, 55
-
- „ „ reduction for, 69
-
- Physics, 85
-
- Pickling of bronzes, 100
-
- Picks and baskets, 31–33
-
- Piece and day work combined, 30, 32
-
- Piece pay, 27
-
- „ work, 24, 29–31
-
- Pillars left in digging, 30
-
- Pincers, 113
-
- Pins, 83, 91
-
- Pit, excavation of, 42, 45, 52
-
- Placing of stuff removed, 42
-
- Plan, 33
-
- „ accuracy of, 55
-
- „ drawing, 5, 53
-
- „ measurement of, 53–55
-
- „ of chambers, 44, 52, 53
-
- „ „ towns, 52, 53
-
- Plane, 65
-
- „ -table, 55
-
- Platinotypes, 119
-
- Plaster, casts, 61, 64–66
-
- „ coats of, 87, 97
-
- „ handling of, 64
-
- Plates, book, 114–119
-
- „ „ double, 116
-
- „ „ loose, 115–116
-
- „ „ spoilt, 121
-
- „ magazine for, 74
-
- „ photographing from, 77
-
- „ rapidity of, 75
-
- „ size of image, 81
-
- Pliers, 113
-
- Plotting, 55–59
-
- „ vase dimensions, 71
-
- Plunderers, 12, 48
-
- Plundering of sites, 11, 171, 178–179
-
- Points of support in packing, 105–106
-
- Pompeii, _corpus_ of pottery needed, 125
-
- Position of objects, 50, 52, 53
-
- „ in photographing, 78
-
- Positives, 118
-
- Postage of drawings, 64
-
- Potsherds, 10, 12
-
- Pottery, Aegean, 145–170
-
- „ black incised, 160–162, 163–164, 167
-
- „ chips, 47
-
- „ _corpus_, 124–126
-
- „ destruction of, 181
-
- „ duration of forms, 128
-
- „ Greek, 142, 147, 148
-
- „ of prehistoric age, 17, 167
-
- „ „ I Dyn., 164
-
- „ „ XII „ , 157, 159
-
- „ „ XVIII „ , 148, 153–154
-
- „ packing of, 108–109
-
- „ painted, from Kahun, 157–158
-
- „ preservation of, 88–89
-
- „ salt in, 88–89
-
- „ scale for drawing, 69
-
- „ typical forms, 16
-
- „ value for dating, 15–17, 128–129
-
- Praesos beads of XII Dyn., 158
-
- Prehistoric ages, 167–168
-
- „ camp site, 13
-
- „ cemetery site, 11
-
- „ sequences, 129
-
- „ shipping, 167
-
- „ tomb dressed, 77
-
- Preparing objects for photographing, 76
-
- Presentment of material, 50–51
-
- Preservation in museums, 180–181
-
- „ of antiquities, 85–104, 176–188
-
- „ „ bones, 90
-
- „ „ colour, 87–88
-
- „ „ gold-work, 181
-
- „ „ information, 5, 48
-
- „ „ ivories, 90–92
-
- „ „ papyri, 92–95
-
- „ „ pottery, 88–89
-
- „ „ sarcophagi, 87, 90
-
- „ „ stone, 86–87, 181
-
- „ „ stucco, 87–88, 90
-
- „ „ wood, 89–91
-
- Princesses in fresco, 88
-
- Printed numbers for plates, 70
-
- Printer’s agreement, 120–121
-
- „ errors, 120
-
- Printing, colour-, for vases, 70
-
- Prismatic compass, 55, 113
-
- Probability, evidence from, 138, 139
-
- Processes for plates, 117–119
-
- Prohibition of wet squeezing, 62
-
- Proof, nature of, 136
-
- Properties of materials, 85
-
- Proportions in mixing developers, 82
-
- Protractor, 57
-
- Pseud-amphorae, _see False-necked vases_
-
- Publication, 114–121
-
- „ detailed, 175
-
- „ mistakes in, 117
-
- „ necessity of, 182
-
- „ past methods of, 114
-
- „ permanence of, 182
-
- Publishers, agreements with, 120
-
- Pyramid, great, Builder of, 178
-
-
- Railway, light, 43
-
- Ramessu II, 146, 152, 153, 154, 155
-
- „ III, 145, 154, 155
-
- „ VI, 153, 154
-
- Rate of payment, 29–30
-
- Recommendations of workmen, 40
-
- Reconstruction of stone vases, 102–104
-
- Record by _corpus_ system, 125
-
- „ importance of, 48, 175
-
- „ in piecework, 29
-
- „ publication of, 114
-
- Recrystallisation of salt, 86
-
- Red paint, 166
-
- Reference-numbers on plates, 115
-
- „ to plates, 115–116
-
- „ to text, 119–120
-
- Reflections in lighting, 78
-
- Reflectors, 78
-
- Register of sheets, 63–64
-
- „ „ works of art, 186–187
-
- _Reis_ or overseer, 24–26
-
- Rekhmara, tomb of, 144, 155
-
- Relief-process, 118
-
- Reliefs, copying of, 60
-
- Repository needed, 133–135
-
- Res, statuette of, 152
-
- Responsibilities, in excavating, 1, 8, 174–175
-
- „ of archaeologists, 170, 182
-
- Restorations, 172, 176
-
- „ of scarabs, 149
-
- „ of stone vases, 70–71, 102–104
-
- Results, presentment of, 50–51
-
- Rethreading of beads, 96
-
- Re-use of tombs, 150
-
- Rights of the future, 175
-
- „ „ „ past, 176–178
-
- Rise of Nile, 174
-
- Rolls of drawings by post, 64, 68
-
- „ „ papyri, 92–94
-
- Ropes, 33, 45, 112
-
- „ length of, 46
-
- „ preservation of, 45–46
-
- Rotted bead-work, 95
-
- „ ivory, 91–92
-
- „ papyrus, 93
-
- „ silver, 98
-
- „ wood, 90–91
-
- Royalties on books, 120
-
- Rubbish-mounds, 11
-
- Rust in bronze, 101
-
- „ „ iron, 102
-
-
- Sacking for packing, 107
-
- Salt in metals, 100, 102
-
- „ „ pottery, 88–89
-
- „ „ stones, 86
-
- „ „ textiles, 89
-
- „ „ wood, 89
-
- Sand, throwing, 75
-
- Sanding of tender stones, 87
-
- „ „ weathered stones, 71, 76
-
- Sarcophagi at Abydos, 43
-
- „ „ Zuweleyn, 10
-
- „ preservation of, 87, 90
-
- Sauce-pan, cast-iron, 90
-
- Saw-files, 112
-
- Sawing, 105
-
- Saws, 105, 112, 113
-
- Scale-drawing, frame for, 72
-
- „ mentioned on plate-heading, 115
-
- „ of drawing for plates, 69, 115
-
- „ „ „ „ tools, 69
-
- „ „ „ „ vases, 69
-
- „ „ payment, 29
-
- „ „ plotting, 55
-
- Scaling of bronze, 101
-
- „ „ copper, 99
-
- Scarabs, few posthumous, 149
-
- „ restorations of, 149
-
- „ seldom long in use, 150
-
- Screw-driver, 113
-
- Screws, 113
-
- Sculpture, casts of, 172
-
- „ cemented in walls, 86
-
- „ lighting of, 131–132
-
- „ museum of, 172
-
- Sealing-wax moulds, 66–67
-
- Search for fragments, 34–35, 102–104
-
- Section-lines for stone vases, 70
-
- Selection of facts in recording, 49
-
- Separation of objects in museums, 49
-
- Sequence dates, 129
-
- Sequences in a mansion, 127
-
- Serials published, 117
-
- Series of forms of stone vases, 102
-
- Sety II, 146, 153, 155
-
- Sextant, box-, 55–56, 113
-
- Shade-lines in drawing, 69
-
- Sheet of card ruled, 72
-
- Sheets of inventories, 69–70
-
- Shifting of stuff, 42
-
- Shutter, drop-, 75
-
- Sieve, native, 112
-
- „ wire, 112
-
- Sifting earth, 35
-
- Sighting-lines, 54
-
- Signals for work, 28
-
- „ survey, 56–57
-
- Silicate solution, 91
-
- Silver coins, 99
-
- „ treatment of, 98–99
-
- Site of cemetery, 11–12
-
- „ „ temple, 9–10
-
- „ „ town, 10–11
-
- Size of bricks, 47, 52
-
- „ „ sheets for reduction, 70
-
- Skeletons, marking of, 51
-
- „ preservation of, 53, 90
-
- Skew-back camera, 75
-
- Skull, removal for measurement, 52
-
- Slate backing to frescoes, 97
-
- Sliding of earth, 42
-
- Slopes of rubbish-mounds, 11
-
- Smuggling of antiquities, 184
-
- Sneferu, black incised ware, 163
-
- Soaking of bronzes, 101
-
- „ „ iron, 102
-
- „ „ lead, 102
-
- „ „ pottery, 88
-
- „ „ stones, 86
-
- „ „ textiles, 89
-
- Softening in packing, 106, 108–109
-
- Sorting fragments, 102–104
-
- Spain, pottery from, 159–160, 167
-
- Speculators, destruction by, 170
-
- Spies, 38–39
-
- Spoke-brush, use of, 60–61, 113
-
- „ shave, 113
-
- Square, 113
-
- Squareness on plates, 115
-
- Squares of plans, 53
-
- Squeezes, dry, 61–63
-
- „ wet, 60–61
-
- Stain, ebony, 68
-
- State claims, 182–184
-
- „ register of works of art, 186–187
-
- „ rights, 184–187
-
- Stations, surveying, 57–58
-
- Statistical sorting of pottery, 128
-
- Statuary, casts of, 172
-
- „ lighting of, 131–132
-
- „ preservation of, 180
-
- „ restoration of, 172
-
- Statuette, ebony, 78
-
- Stirrup vases, 145, 146, 154
-
- „ „ variation with age, 153–154
-
- Stone chips, 9, 13
-
- „ of buildings, 76
-
- „ vases, block-tints for, 70
-
- „ „ drawing from fragments, 71
-
- „ „ sorting fragments, 102–104
-
-
- Stones, large, 30
-
- „ moving of, 27
-
- „ salt in, 86
-
- „ scale of drawing, 69
-
- Stops in manuscripts, 120
-
- „ „ photographing, 74–75
-
- Storing of antiquities, 6
-
- „ „ ropes, 46
-
- Straw for packing, 108, 109, 112
-
- Strings of beads, 95–96
-
- Stucco, coloured, 88
-
- „ facing, 87
-
- „ on bricks, 96
-
- „ on walls, 47
-
- „ on wood, 96
-
- Students’ plates, 119
-
- Style, discrimination of, 14, 17–18
-
- Successive ages, classed, 126
-
- Super-heated wax for preserving, 90
-
- Superimposed buildings, 41–42
-
- Support, points of, in packing, 105–106
-
- Survey, three-point, 56
-
- Surveying, 5, 53–59
-
- „ of walls, 52
-
- Survival of museums, 180–181
-
- „ „ things in use, 128, 150
-
- Systematic archaeology, 122–135
-
- „ work in excavating, 2
-
- Systematizers needed, 123
-
-
- Tables, printing of, 120
-
- Tablet, ivory, 76
-
- Tahutmes II, 151
-
- „ III, 151, 152, 153
-
- Tally for accounts, 37–38
-
- Tanis, with obelisks, 9
-
- „ workers at, 20
-
- Tape-measure, 55, 113
-
- „ steel-, 55
-
- Tapioca-water, 88
-
- Telescope used in work, 28
-
- Tell el Amarna, frescoes at, 88
-
- „ „ „ vases at, 147, 148, 155, 156
-
- „ „ Yehudiyeh, cemetery mounds, 43
-
- Temple, causes of ruin, 10
-
- „ evidence of, 47
-
- „ site, clearance of, 41–47
-
- „ „ nature of, 9–10
-
- Tenting in desert, 6
-
- Textiles, 89
-
- Theodolite, 55
-
- Thickness of lines in drawing, 69
-
- Threads, 65, 90, 92, 95
-
- Three-colour photography, 119
-
- Three-point survey, 56
-
- Throwing, 30, 41
-
- „ sand, 75
-
- Thyi, Queen, 148, 152
-
- _Tibn_, 109
-
- Tilting in photography, 80
-
- Tin-foil moulds, 67
-
- „ plate for reflectors, 78–79
-
- „ „ „ sawing, 105
-
- „ „ „ small stops, 75
-
- „ pots, 108, 111
-
- „ saucepans, 90
-
- Tints, block, for vases, 70
-
- Tomb groups, 48–49, 51
-
- „ „ scattered, 49
-
- „ of Sem-nefer, 78
-
- „ -robbers, 45
-
- Tombs, evidence from, 150–153
-
- „ mixture of contents, 150
-
- „ numbering of, 51
-
- „ position of, 52
-
- „ proportion of important, 12
-
- „ reuse of, 150
-
- „ unplundered, 12
-
- „ wrecking of, 171
-
- Tools necessary to work, 33, 112–113
-
- „ provision of, 33
-
- Tooth-brush, uses for, 67, 112
-
- Topography, 33
-
- Town, planning of, 52
-
- „ site, clearance of, 41, 44
-
- „ „ nature of, 10
-
- „ „ rate of accumulation, 10–11
-
- „ „ turned over, 41
-
- Tracing out walls, 13, 41, 46–47
-
- Transport of antiquities, 85, 97, 107–108, 112
-
- Tray with poles, 107
-
- „ wooden, 95
-
- Treasure trove, 183
-
- Trenching ground, 41, 43
-
- Trial-pits, 41
-
- Troy, black incised ware, 161, 167
-
- Trucks, 43
-
- Turning back, 41
-
- „ over, 41, 43
-
- Tutankhamen, 145, 153, 154
-
-
- Uncertainties, legal, 140–141
-
- Underground passages, 55
-
- Undisturbed tombs, 12
-
- Uniformity of scale, 115
-
- Unpacker, 111–112
-
- Unpacking of boxes, 111–112
-
- Unplundered tombs, 12
-
- Unpunctuality, remedies for, 31
-
- Unrolling of papyri, 93–94
-
- Unsanded stones, 71, 76
-
- Usertesen II, 44, 157
-
-
- Valuables, finding of, 27
-
- Variation of vases with age, 153–154
-
- Vases, block tints for, 70
-
- „ drawn from fragments, 70–71
-
- „ measurement of angles, 71
-
- „ scale of drawing, 69
-
- Vertical lighting, 77
-
- „ mirror level, 58–59, 113
-
- „ position of camera, 80
-
-
- Wages in Egypt, 29
-
- „ „ England, 27
-
- „ „ Greece, 27
-
- Wall-scenes, photographing of, 81
-
- Walls, copying, 61–63, 72
-
- „ face of, 47
-
- „ surveying of, 52
-
- „ thickness of, 52
-
- „ tracing of, 13, 41, 46–47
-
- „ visible after rain, 13
-
- Warrior in alabaster, 144
-
- Washing of negatives, 83
-
- „ out salt, 86, 88, 89, 100
-
- Wastage of coinage, 150
-
- Water-colours, 77, 113
-
- Wax, bees-, 66, 67, 71, 80, 90, 95, 102
-
- „ dentist’s, 67
-
- „ paraffin, 87, 89, 90, 91, 96, 102, 112
-
- Waxed glass for papyri, 94
-
- Weathered stones, sanding of, 71, 76
-
- Weeding-out of workmen, 40
-
- Weights carried by boy, 43
-
- Western, _see Europe_
-
- Wet squeezes, 60–61
-
- White ants, 89, 96
-
- „ filling of black ware, 161
-
- „ flake-, use of, 77
-
- „ -wash on walls, 96
-
- Whiting for inscriptions, 76
-
- Wide-angle lens, 74
-
- Wills, contradictory, 140
-
- Witnesses, evidence of, 137, 138
-
- „ veracity of, 138
-
- Wood flooring, 76, 77
-
- „ rotted, 90–91
-
- „ salt in, 89
-
- „ tray, 95
-
- „ wet, 91
-
- „ white ants in, 89
-
- „ -wool, 109
-
- Work, irregular, 27
-
- Workmen at Tanis, 20
-
- „ chains of, 44
-
- „ control of, 5, 7, 22–23
-
- „ distribution of, 26
-
- „ English, 27, 32
-
- „ Greek, 26–27, 32
-
- „ management of, 36
-
- „ organization of, 24, 26, 29, 31
-
- „ qualities of, 21
-
- „ selection of, 20–21
-
- „ substitution of, 23, 31
-
- „ training of, 5, 26, 34
-
- Wrapping-paper, 109
-
- Wrappings, 52
-
- Wrecking by engineers, 170, 174
-
- „ „ lime-burners, 174
-
- „ „ natives, 175
-
- „ of tombs, 171
-
-
- Yorkshire, pottery from, 160
-
-
- Zer, Aegean pottery of, 164–165
-
- „ black incised ware, 164
-
- „ bracelet of, 80
-
- „ ivory tablet of, 76
-
- Zinc, box for washing, 83
-
- „ blocks, 68, 118
-
- „ tally for accounts, 37–38
-
- „ trays for soaking stones, 86
-
- Zuweleyn, sarcophagi at, 10
-
-
-THE END
-
-
-_Printed by_ R. & R. CLARK, LIMITED, _Edinburgh_.
-
-
-
-
-WORKS BY W. M. FLINDERS PETRIE
-
-
- =THE PYRAMIDS & TEMPLES OF GIZEH.= (Out of print).
-
- =TANIS I.= 19 plates, 25s. _Quaritch._
-
- =TANIS II.= =Nebesheh and Defenneh.= 64 plates, 25s. _Kegan Paul
- and Co._
-
- =NAUKRATIS I.= 45 plates, 25s. _Quaritch._
-
- =HIEROGLYPHIC PAPYRUS FROM TANIS.= (Out of print).
-
- =A SEASON IN EGYPT, 1887.= 32 plates, 12s. (Out of print).
-
- =RACIAL PORTRAITS.= 190 Photographs from Egyptian Monuments, 45s.
- _Murray, 37 Dartmouth Park Hill, N.W._
-
- =HISTORICAL SCARABS.= (Out of print).
-
- =HAWARA, BIAHMU, AND ARSINOE.= (Out of print).
-
- =KAHUN, GUROB, AND HAWARA.= (Out of print).
-
- =ILLAHUN, KAHUN, AND GUROB.= 33 plates, 16s. (Out of print).
-
- =TELL EL HESY= (=Lachish=). 10 plates, 10s. 6d. _Alexander Watt._
-
- =MEDUM.= 36 plates, 24s. (Out of print).
-
- =TEN YEARS DIGGING IN EGYPT, 1881–1891.= 6s. _R.T.S._
-
- =TELL EL AMARNA.= (Out of print).
-
- =KOPTOS.= 28 plates, 10s. _Quaritch._
-
- =A STUDENT’S HISTORY OF EGYPT, Part I, down to the XVIth Dynasty.=
- 5th ed. 1903. =Part II, XVIIth and XVIIIth Dynasties.= 6s each.
- _Methuen._
-
- =TRANSLATIONS OF EGYPTIAN TALES=, with illustrations by Tristram
- Ellis. 2 vols., 3s. 6d. _Methuen._
-
- =DECORATIVE ART IN EGYPT.= 3s. 6d. _Methuen._
-
- =NAQADA AND BALLAS.= 86 plates, 25s. _Quaritch._
-
- =SIX TEMPLES AT THEBES.= 26 plates, 10s. _Quaritch._
-
- =DESHASHEH.= 37 plates, 25s. _Quaritch._
-
- =RELIGION AND CONSCIENCE IN EGYPT.= 2s. 6d. _Methuen._
-
- =SYRIA AND EGYPT.= 2s. 6d. _Methuen._
-
- =DENDEREH.= 38 plates, 25s.; 40 additional plates, 10s. _Quaritch._
-
- =ROYAL TOMBS OF FIRST DYNASTY.= 68 plates, 25s. _Quaritch._
-
- =DIOSPOLIS PARVA.= 48 plates, 25s. _Quaritch._
-
- =ROYAL TOMBS OF EARLIEST DYNASTIES.= 63 plates, 25s.; 35 additional
- plates, 10s. _Quaritch._
-
- =ABYDOS, Part I.= 81 plates, 25s. _Quaritch._
-
- =ABYDOS, Part II.= 64 plates, 25s. _Quaritch._
-
-
-Of works _out of print_, a few copies can be had on application to the
-Author, University College.
-
-
-HANDBOOKS OF
-
-Archæology and Antiquities
-
-_Edited by Professor PERCY GARDNER, Litt.D. of the University of
-Oxford, and Professor F. W. KELSEY of Ann Arbor University, Michigan._
-
-Each volume will be the work of a thoroughly competent Author, and will
-deal with some special Department of Ancient Life or Art in a manner
-suited to the needs both of the scholar and of the educated general
-reader.
-
-The Series will be characterised by the following features:--
-
- (1) The size of the volumes will be Extra Crown Octavo; each volume
- to contain not less than 200 pages.
-
- (2) The illustrations, taken from works of ancient art, will be
- made as complete and satisfactory as possible.
-
- (3) Each volume will contain a concise bibliography, together with
- complete indexes of Greek and Latin words and quotations, and
- of subjects.
-
- (4) Thus the volumes will together form a handy encyclopædia of
- Archæology and Antiquities for the fields covered.
-
- (5) The different treatises will not be uniform in respect to
- length or price.
-
-The following volumes have already been published, and others are in
-preparation:--
-
- =THE ROMAN FESTIVALS OF THE PERIOD OF THE REPUBLIC.= An
- Introduction to the Study of Roman Religion. By W. WARDE
- FOWLER, Lincoln College, Oxford. 6s.
-
- [_Ready._
-
- _SPECTATOR._--“This work is intended as an introduction to the
- study of the religion of the Romans, and a very faithful and
- accurate piece of work it is, as indeed might be expected by those
- who know Mr. Fowler’s previous studies of ancient life.”
-
- _LITERATURE._--“Mr. Fowler has admirably summed up the results of
- the folklore school as far as Rome is concerned; and it is much to
- have a scholar’s unprejudiced opinion on them. The book marks a
- distinct step in advance.”
-
- _GUARDIAN._--“A delightful volume which will attract and interest
- any educated and thoughtful reader.”
-
- _SPEAKER._--“This delightful book, which leads us by the plain
- path of the calendar, illuminating every step with now a
- curious parallel from Samoa, now a pretty tale from Ovid, now
- an observation made in Oxfordshire. And it is not of every work
- that you can say with truth that it is the work of a scholar, a
- gentleman, a philosopher, a naturalist, and an understanding lover
- of the country.”
-
- _ACADEMY._--“A book with which every student of Roman religion
- will have to make his account.... Alike as a storehouse of
- critically-sifted facts and as a tentative essay towards the
- synthetic arrangement of these facts, Mr. Fowler’s book seems to
- us to mark a very distinct advance upon anything that has yet been
- done.”
-
- =GREEK SCULPTURE.= By Prof. ERNEST A. GARDNER, M.A., University
- College, London. Part. I. 5s. Part II. 5s. Or in one volume.
- 10s.
-
- [_Ready._
-
- _ATHENÆUM._--“The introduction alone, which runs to over forty
- pages, makes the book indispensable to every student of the
- subject.”
-
- _CLASSICAL REVIEW._--“The good qualities which were conspicuous in
- the first part of Prof Gardner’s handbook are as characteristic
- of the second, and it is not too much to say that the whole book
- easily takes rank before all other English elementary treatises on
- Greek sculpture.... There are few books of the kind which can be so
- freely recommended as Prof. Gardner’s.”
-
- _GUARDIAN._--“Mr. Gardner’s book may be confidently recommended as
- the best and most trustworthy sketch of Greek sculpture hitherto
- published in the English language.”
-
- =A HANDBOOK OF GREEK CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY.= By A. H. J.
- GREENIDGE, M.A., Hertford College, Oxford. With Map. 5s.
-
- [_Ready._
-
- _CLASSICAL REVIEW._--“He can be original even in the treatment of
- the most familiar themes; the style is fresh and vigorous, and
- the explanations are, as a rule, clear. The book is, from its
- nature, mainly intended for beginners, by whom it is likely to be
- extensively used, but at the same time more advanced students may
- gather not a few suggestive hints from its pages.”
-
- _SPEAKER._--“A really valuable handbook on the constitutional
- history of Greece.”
-
- _SPECTATOR._--“This book will be of great use to teachers in
- schools where the language and literature of Hellas are properly
- cultivated, as well as to University tutors, and is quite within
- the intellectual grasp of ordinary undergraduates, to whom we
- earnestly recommend it.”
-
- =A HANDBOOK OF GREEK AND ROMAN COINS.= By GEORGE F. HILL, M.A.,
- British Museum. 9s.
-
- [_Ready._
-
- _ATHENÆUM._--“Quite worthy of the traditions of the British Museum
- Coin Room.... We cannot too much praise the fifteen beautiful
- plates of photographic reproductions which close this book. Mr.
- Hill has collected the flower of all Greek and Roman art in this
- small compass.”
-
- _LITERATURE._--“Mr. Hill has succeeded very deftly in providing
- exactly the type of information of which the student so often
- stands in need. The volume forms an admirable conspectus of the
- monetary history of Greece and Rome in less than 800 pages.”
-
- =THE DESTRUCTION OF ANCIENT ROME=: A History of the Monuments. By
- RODOLFO LANCIANI, University of Rome. 6s.
-
- [_Ready._
-
- _GUARDIAN._--“We are glad to learn from the preface to this volume
- that the professor has in contemplation an extensive work on the
- latter part of this subject, the ‘History of the Excavations,’ and
- meanwhile the present instalment will be welcomed by all who have
- felt the fascination of the story of the survival or destruction of
- the ancient monuments.”
-
- _WESTMINSTER BUDGET._--“A most enlightening little work, which
- gives a real insight into the scholarly and scientific method on
- which modern excavation proceeds.”
-
- =ROMAN PUBLIC LIFE.= By A. H. J. GREENIDGE, M.A., Hertford College,
- Oxford. 10s. 6d.
-
- [_Ready._
-
- _SPECTATOR._--“Both logical in arrangement and lucid in exposition.
- And its subject is most wisely chosen, because it is the public
- life of the Romans which has been an example to all time.”
-
- _PILOT._--“The style of the book is throughout clear and
- interesting, and at the same time many minute and debatable points
- are carefully discussed, and almost every statement is supported by
- references to original authorities, or better still, by quotations
- from them. It is a healthy sign that English scholarship is now
- able to produce such books as this.”
-
- =CHRISTIAN ART AND ARCHÆOLOGY.= A Handbook to the Monuments of
- the Early Church. By WALTER LOWRIE, M.A., Late Fellow of the
- American School of Classical Studies at Rome. 10s. 6d.
-
- [_Ready._
-
- _PILOT._--“A most useful and judicious epitome of a difficult
- subject.... The volume is likely to take its place among the most
- successful of the excellent series to which it belongs.”
-
- _ATHENÆUM._--“Mr. Lowrie is to be thanked for a most interesting
- book, in which he has collected a great amount of hitherto
- inaccessible information in a very convenient form.... This book
- should do much to diffuse knowledge about a subject that awakens a
- wide and keen interest.”
-
- _GUARDIAN._--“The best handbook to the artistic monuments of the
- first six centuries of the Christian Church which has appeared in
- English, perhaps in any language.”
-
-MACMILLAN AND CO., LTD., LONDON.
-
-
-WORKS ON ARCHÆOLOGY AND ANTIQUITIES
-
- =ANCIENT ATHENS.= By ERNEST ARTHUR GARDNER, Yates Professor of
- Archæology in University College, London; formerly Director
- of the British School at Athens. With numerous Illustrations,
- Plans, and Maps. 8vo. Gilt top. 21s. net.
-
- =LIFE IN ANCIENT EGYPT.= By A. ERMAN. Translated by H. M. TIRARD.
- Illustrated. Super royal 8vo. 21s. net.
-
- =POMPEII: ITS LIFE AND ART.= By AUGUSTE MAU. Translated by FRANCIS
- W. KELSEY. New and cheaper edition. Illustrated. Extra crown
- 8vo. 10s. 6d. net.
-
- =SCULPTURED TOMBS OF HELLAS.= By Professor PERCY GARDNER, Litt.D.
- With 30 Plates and 87 Engravings in the text. Super royal 8vo.
- 25s. net.
-
- =SAMOS AND SAMIAN COINS: AN ESSAY.= By the Author. 8vo. 7s. 6d.
-
- =DR. SCHLIEMANN’S EXCAVATIONS AT TROY, TIRYNS, MYCENÆ, ORCHOMENOS,
- ITHACA, IN THE LIGHT OF RECENT KNOWLEDGE.= By Dr. C.
- SCHUCHHARDT. Translated by EUGENIE SELLERS. With a Preface by
- WALTER LEAF, Litt.D. Illustrated. 8vo. 18s. net.
-
- =BYZANTINE ARCHITECTURE IN GREECE. THE MONASTERY OF SAINT LUKE OF
- STIRIS IN PHOCIS, AND THE DEPENDENT MONASTERY OF SAINT NICOLAS
- IN THE FIELDS, NEAR SKRIPOU IN BŒOTIA.= By ROBERT WEIR SCHULTZ
- and SIDNEY HOWARD BARNSLEY. Imperial 4to. Three guineas net.
-
- =THE ANNUAL OF THE BRITISH SCHOOL AT ATHENS.= Crown 4to. No. I.
- Session 1894–1895. 3s. 6d. net. No. II. Session 1895–1896. 10s.
- 6d. net. No. III. Session 1896–1897. 10s. 6d. net. No. IV.
- Session 1897–1898. 7s. 6d. net. No. V. 1898–1899. 7s. 6d. net.
- No. VI. 1899–1900. 10s. 6d. net. No. VII. 1900–1901. 12s. 6d.
- net. No. VIII. 1901–1902. 17s. net.
-
- =MACMILLAN’S GUIDES.= Neatly and Strongly Bound in Limp Red Cloth,
- with Rounded Corners. Globe 8vo.
-
- =ITALY.= Third Edition. With 51 Maps and Plans. Price 10s. net.
-
- =THE WESTERN MEDITERRANEAN [Including Sicily].= With 21 Maps and
- Plans. Price 9s. net.
-
- =THE EASTERN MEDITERRANEAN [Including Greece and the Greek
- Islands.]= With 27 Maps and Plans. Price 9s. net.
-
-LONDON: MACMILLAN AND CO., LIMITED.
-
-
-
-
-Transcriber’s Notes
-
-
-Punctuation, hyphenation, and spelling were made consistent when a
-predominant preference was found in the original book; otherwise they
-were not changed. Inconsistencies between the main text and Index were
-resolved in favor of the main text.
-
-Simple typographical errors were corrected; unbalanced quotation
-marks were remedied when the change was obvious, and otherwise left
-unbalanced.
-
-Illustrations in this eBook have been positioned between paragraphs
-and outside quotations. In versions of this eBook that support
-hyperlinks, the page references in the List of Illustrations lead to
-the corresponding illustrations.
-
-Descriptions in the List of Illustrations often are more informative
-than the captions printed with the illustrations.
-
-The half-page photographs were printed two to a page, one above the
-other, and often with a shared caption. In this eBook each photograph
-is shown with its own caption.
-
-Footnote 2 in the Appendix on page 112 originally was two identical
-footnotes, because that Appendix crossed a page boundary.
-
-The index was not checked for proper alphabetization or correct page
-references.
-
-Page 124: “Nagada” may be a misprint for “Naqada”.
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Methods & Aims in Archaeology, by
-William Matthew Flinders Petrie
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK METHODS & AIMS IN ARCHAEOLOGY ***
-
-***** This file should be named 63311-0.txt or 63311-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/6/3/3/1/63311/
-
-Produced by MFR, Charlie Howard, and the Online Distributed
-Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
-produced from images generously made available by The
-Internet Archive)
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-